packers catalog

121
Packers Catalog Set, seal, and retrieve with confidence 1

Upload: phamkhue

Post on 30-Dec-2016

236 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Packers Catalog

Packers Catalog

Set, seal, and retrieve with confidence

1

Page 2: Packers Catalog

2

Page 3: Packers Catalog

Table of ContentsConventional Packers .................................................................................................................................05

ESP/Dual Completion Packers...................................................................................................................35

High-Rate-Gas Packers ..............................................................................................................................43

HPHT Packers .............................................................................................................................................47

Intelligent Completion Packers .................................................................................................................51

Sand Control Packers .................................................................................................................................57

Service Packers ...........................................................................................................................................67

Swellable Packers ......................................................................................................................................79

Thermal Packers .........................................................................................................................................85

Accessories .................................................................................................................................................87

3

Page 4: Packers Catalog

4

Page 5: Packers Catalog

Conventional Packers

5

Page 6: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Permanent production or isolation packer ■ High-temperature, high-pressure

hostile environments

BENEFITS ■ Positive set of slips and elements are

provided by twin-piston design ■ Packer may be set on workstring to

facilitate completion options

FEATURES ■ 360°, one-piece, opposing-slip design ■ Full tubing bore-through packer

and stinger ■ Reduced-OD latching head ■ Ability to install wellhead before the

packer is set ■ Twin-piston setting ■ Ability to convert to a temporary

bridge plug ■ Lower slips and upper slips independently

set to eliminate tubing movement

The field-proven HSP-1 conventional sealbore packer has been used for many years in high-risk, harsh-environment wells. The packer forms part of the tubing string.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in conventional completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V0 standards

Opposing-slip designThis packer’s design incorporates two full-circumference slips supported by two opposing tapered cones with a sealing element assembly positioned between them. The slips and sealing element assembly are sequentially set and held in position by a positive lock mechanical ratchet. The lower slip is set before the sealing element assembly to eliminate tubing movement and centralize the packer in the casing before the element fully packs off against the casing wall. The slips are designed to split into multiple segments upon setting and yield a full 360° grip on the casing.

High-performance sealingThe high-performance sealing element features metallic antiextrusion rings positioned above and below the sealing element. These antiextrusion rings provide a positive metal-to-metal interference fit with the casing to prevent seal extrusion and provide a reliable packoff.

HSP-1 series packers are available for a variety of service applications, including high H2S and CO2 exposure.

HSP-1Conventional sealbore packer

HSP-1 conventional sealbore packer.

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0161

HSP-1

slb.com/packers

HSP-1 Conventional Sealbore Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Upper Sealbore, in [mm]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–16.6 [14.14–24.70] 3.562 [90.5] 1.937 [49.2] 2.625 [66.7]

5.000 [127.0] 11.5–18.0 [17.11–26.79] 4.276 [99.9] 1.937 [49.2] 2.750 [69.9]

5.500 [139.7] 9.0–13.0 [13.39–19.35] 4.875 [123.8] 1.937 [49.2] 2.750 [69.9]

5.500 [139.7] 13.0–23.0 [19.35–34.23] 4.375 [111.1] 1.937 [49.2] 2.750 [69.9]

6.625 [168.3] 17.0–24.0 [25.30–35.72] 5.375 [136.5] 2.375 [60.3] 3.500 [88.9]

6.625 [168.3] 24.0–32.0 [35.72–47.62] 5.375 [136.5] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

7.000 [177.8] 17.0–32.0 [25.30–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 2.500 [63.5] 3.500 [88.9]

7.000 [177.8] 17.0–32.0 [25.30–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

7.000 [177.8] 17.0–32.0 [25.30–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 3.375 [85.7] 4.250 [108.0]

7.000 [177.8] 23.0–32.0 [34.23–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 3.937 [99.9] 4.690 [119.1]

7.625 [193.7] 20.0–39.0 [29.76–58.04] 6.375 [161.9] 2.375 [60.3] 3.500 [88.9]

7.625 [193.7] 20.0–39.0 [29.76–58.04] 6.375 [161.9] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

8.625 [219.1] 24.0–49.0 [35.72–72.92] 7.250 [184.2] 3.875 [98.4] 5.375 [136.5]

9.625 [244.5] 29.3–58.4 [43.60–86.91] 8.187 [207.9] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

9.625 [244.5] 29.3–58.4 [43.60–86.91] 8.187 [207.9] 3.875 [98.4] 5.375 [136.5]

9.625 [244.5] 29.3–58.4 [43.60–86.91] 8.187 [207.9] 4.750 [120.7] 6.000 [152.4]

9.625 [244.5] 47.0 [69.94] 8.438 [214.3] 6.000 [152.4] 7.250 [184.2] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

6

Page 7: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Permanent production or isolation packer ■ High-temperature, high-pressure

hostile environments

BENEFITS ■ Positive set of slips and elements are

provided by twin-piston design ■ Packer may be set on workstring to

facilitate completion options

FEATURES ■ 360°, one-piece, opposing-slip design ■ Full tubing bore-through packer

and stinger ■ Reduced-OD latching head ■ Ability to install wellhead before the

packer is set ■ Twin-piston setting ■ Ability to convert to a temporary

bridge plug ■ Lower slips and upper slips independently

set to eliminate tubing movement

The field-proven HSP-1 conventional sealbore packer has been used for many years in high-risk, harsh-environment wells. The packer forms part of the tubing string.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in conventional completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V0 standards

Opposing-slip designThis packer’s design incorporates two full-circumference slips supported by two opposing tapered cones with a sealing element assembly positioned between them. The slips and sealing element assembly are sequentially set and held in position by a positive lock mechanical ratchet. The lower slip is set before the sealing element assembly to eliminate tubing movement and centralize the packer in the casing before the element fully packs off against the casing wall. The slips are designed to split into multiple segments upon setting and yield a full 360° grip on the casing.

High-performance sealingThe high-performance sealing element features metallic antiextrusion rings positioned above and below the sealing element. These antiextrusion rings provide a positive metal-to-metal interference fit with the casing to prevent seal extrusion and provide a reliable packoff.

HSP-1 series packers are available for a variety of service applications, including high H2S and CO2 exposure.

HSP-1Conventional sealbore packer

HSP-1 conventional sealbore packer.

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0161

HSP-1

slb.com/packers

HSP-1 Conventional Sealbore Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Upper Sealbore, in [mm]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–16.6 [14.14–24.70] 3.562 [90.5] 1.937 [49.2] 2.625 [66.7]

5.000 [127.0] 11.5–18.0 [17.11–26.79] 4.276 [99.9] 1.937 [49.2] 2.750 [69.9]

5.500 [139.7] 9.0–13.0 [13.39–19.35] 4.875 [123.8] 1.937 [49.2] 2.750 [69.9]

5.500 [139.7] 13.0–23.0 [19.35–34.23] 4.375 [111.1] 1.937 [49.2] 2.750 [69.9]

6.625 [168.3] 17.0–24.0 [25.30–35.72] 5.375 [136.5] 2.375 [60.3] 3.500 [88.9]

6.625 [168.3] 24.0–32.0 [35.72–47.62] 5.375 [136.5] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

7.000 [177.8] 17.0–32.0 [25.30–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 2.500 [63.5] 3.500 [88.9]

7.000 [177.8] 17.0–32.0 [25.30–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

7.000 [177.8] 17.0–32.0 [25.30–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 3.375 [85.7] 4.250 [108.0]

7.000 [177.8] 23.0–32.0 [34.23–47.62] 5.875 [149.2] 3.937 [99.9] 4.690 [119.1]

7.625 [193.7] 20.0–39.0 [29.76–58.04] 6.375 [161.9] 2.375 [60.3] 3.500 [88.9]

7.625 [193.7] 20.0–39.0 [29.76–58.04] 6.375 [161.9] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

8.625 [219.1] 24.0–49.0 [35.72–72.92] 7.250 [184.2] 3.875 [98.4] 5.375 [136.5]

9.625 [244.5] 29.3–58.4 [43.60–86.91] 8.187 [207.9] 2.875 [73.0] 3.750 [95.3]

9.625 [244.5] 29.3–58.4 [43.60–86.91] 8.187 [207.9] 3.875 [98.4] 5.375 [136.5]

9.625 [244.5] 29.3–58.4 [43.60–86.91] 8.187 [207.9] 4.750 [120.7] 6.000 [152.4]

9.625 [244.5] 47.0 [69.94] 8.438 [214.3] 6.000 [152.4] 7.250 [184.2] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

7

Page 8: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ High-pressure, high-volume production,

injection, or disposal wells ■ Highly deviated wells

ADVANTAGES ■ Rated for 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa] at

350 degF [175 degC] ■ One-trip setting capability ■ Hydraulic or coiled tubing setting ■ Full-circle slips to minimize casing

damage ■ Lower slips secured to packer mandrel with

threaded connection ■ Available alternative bore ■ Optional bottom sub configuration to

accommodate pumpout plugs, sealboreextensions, millout extensions, and tubing

The Hydraperm conventional sealbore packer utilizes a single-element system and full-circle slips to perform in a wide range of casing weights while minimizing casing damage. This one-trip-capable packer is ideal for high-pressure, high-volume production, injection, or disposal wells. It is particularly suited for highly deviated wells where tubing manipulation is difficult and wireline operations are unsuitable.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in conventional completions

Ratings and settingsThe Hydraperm packer is rated to 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa] at 350 degF [175 degC] and can be set on coiled tubing. The optional bottom sub configures to accommodate pumpout plugs, sealbore extensions, millout extensions, tubing, or other completion accessories.

HydrapermConventional sealbore packer

Hydraperm conventional sealbore packer.

HydrapermHydraperm Conventional Sealbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID,Min., in [mm]

Casing ID,Max., in [mm]

Tool Size, in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Standard Tool Sealbore, in [mm]

Alternative Tool Sealbore, in [mm]

7 [177.8] 26.00–32.00 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.276 [159.41] 58–40

[1,473.2–1,016] 5.870 [149.10] 4.000 [101.60] 4.750 [120.65]

7 [177.8] 17.00–20.00 [25.30–29.76] 6.456 [163.98] 6.538 [166.07] 61–40

[1,549.4–1,016] 6.182 [157.02] 4.000 [101.60] 4.750 [120.65]

9.625 [244.48] 47.00–58.40 [69.94–86.91] 8.435 [214.25] 8.681 [220.50] 82–60

[2,082.8–1,524] 8.218 [208.74] 6.000 [152.40] na†

9.625 [244.48] 36.00–47.00 [53.57–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.921 [226.59] 84–60

[2,133.6–1,524] 8.432 [214.17] 6.000 [152.40] na

† Not applicable

Seal Assembly SpecificationsDescription,in [mm]

Size,in [mm]

Tool Through Seals, Min., in [mm]

7 [177.8] standard 40–30 [1,016–762] 3 [76.20]7 [177.8] alternative 47–40 [1,193.8–1,016] 4 [101.60]9.625 [244.48] standard 60–48 [1,524–1,219.2] 4.828 [122.63]

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0142

8

Page 9: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ High-pressure, high-volume production,

injection, or disposal wells ■ Highly deviated wells

ADVANTAGES ■ Rated for 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa] at

350 degF [175 degC] ■ One-trip setting capability ■ Hydraulic or coiled tubing setting ■ Full-circle slips to minimize casing

damage ■ Lower slips secured to packer mandrel with

threaded connection ■ Available alternative bore ■ Optional bottom sub configuration to

accommodate pumpout plugs, sealbore extensions, millout extensions, and tubing

The Hydraperm conventional sealbore packer utilizes a single-element system and full-circle slips to perform in a wide range of casing weights while minimizing casing damage. This one-trip-capable packer is ideal for high-pressure, high-volume production, injection, or disposal wells. It is particularly suited for highly deviated wells where tubing manipulation is difficult and wireline operations are unsuitable.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in conventional completions

Ratings and settingsThe Hydraperm packer is rated to 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa] at 350 degF [175 degC] and can be set on coiled tubing. The optional bottom sub configures to accommodate pumpout plugs, sealbore extensions, millout extensions, tubing, or other completion accessories.

HydrapermConventional sealbore packer

Hydraperm conventional sealbore packer.

HydrapermHydraperm Conventional Sealbore Packer Specifi cationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID,Min., in [mm]

Casing ID,Max., in [mm]

Tool Size, in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Standard Tool Sealbore, in [mm]

Alternative Tool Sealbore, in [mm]

7 [177.8] 26.00–32.00 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.276 [159.41] 58–40

[1,473.2–1,016] 5.870 [149.10] 4.000 [101.60] 4.750 [120.65]

7 [177.8] 17.00–20.00 [25.30–29.76] 6.456 [163.98] 6.538 [166.07] 61–40

[1,549.4–1,016] 6.182 [157.02] 4.000 [101.60] 4.750 [120.65]

9.625 [244.48] 47.00–58.40 [69.94–86.91] 8.435 [214.25] 8.681 [220.50] 82–60

[2,082.8–1,524] 8.218 [208.74] 6.000 [152.40] na†

9.625 [244.48] 36.00–47.00 [53.57–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.921 [226.59] 84–60

[2,133.6–1,524] 8.432 [214.17] 6.000 [152.40] na

† Not applicable

Seal Assembly Specifi cationsDescription,in [mm]

Size,in [mm]

Tool Through Seals, Min., in [mm]

7 [177.8] standard 40–30 [1,016–762] 3 [76.20]7 [177.8] alternative 47–40 [1,193.8–1,016] 4 [101.60]9.625 [244.48] standard 60–48 [1,524–1,219.2] 4.828 [122.63]

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0142

9

Page 10: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Deviated wells ■ Multiple-zone, multiple-packer completions

ADVANTAGES ■ Easy release with a fully adjustable,

straight-pickup shear mechanism ■ Short, compact design ■ Fast, reliable installation in straight or

highly deviated wells ■ Field-proven performance ■ Easier, safer retrieval with built-in

equalizing and circulating system

The Hydro-6* conventional multizone packer is ideal for use in deviated wells, multiple-packer completions, and applications where the packer is to be set after the wellhead is installed. Because no mandrel movement occurs during setting, it may also be used in multiple-packer completions where all packers are placed simultaneously.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting-pressure featuresSet with a pressure differential, the Hydro-6 packer has an easily adjust able setting-pressure feature and a bidirectional mechanical slip system. The packer features a unique design that allows debris to be circulated from above the packer when releasing. A three-piece, dual-durometer element system and a built-in equalizing and circulating system ensure reduced risk and easy release.

No tubing movement is required to set the packer. After the packer is set, the tubing can be landed in either compression or neutral condition. The setting force is mechanically locked into the sealing elements with a positive ratchet-lock mechanism. The Hydro-6 packer is released with an upward pull exceeding the rating of the shear release screws. Optionally, the Hydro-6 packer is available with a rotation release mechanism.

Hydro-6Conventional multizone packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0117 slb.com/packers

Hydro-6 Conventional Multizone Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

5.500 [139.7] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.4] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.641 [117.9] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.750 [146.1] 16.1–24.6 [23.96–36.61] 4.744 [120.5] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 20–24 [29.76–35.72] 5.661 [143.8] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.625 [142.9] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 28–32 [41.67–47.62] 5.484 [139.3] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 17–20 [25.30–29.76] 6.266 [159.2] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–41.16] 5.968 [151.6] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.817 [147.8] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Hydro-6 conventional multizone packer.

APPLICATIONS ■ As the bottom packer in multiple-zone

dual completions ■ Single-zone completions ■ Highly deviated wells and

multiple-packer completions

ADVANTAGES ■ Fully adjustable, straight-pickup,

shear-release system ■ Compact, field-proven design ■ Quick, reliable installation in highly

deviated wells ■ Built-in equalizing and circulating system

for increased safety and easy retrieval

The Hydro-8* conventional multizone packer is used in a variety of applications, including single-zone isolation, multiple-string hookups, selective multiple-zone production, and stimulation. The Hydro-8 packer features a mechanical, bidirectional slip system to anchor the packer and resist upward and downward tubing movement. It also has a built-in internal bypass system that allows formation pressure to equalize before the slip is fully released.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operationThe Hydro-8 packer is set by applying tubing pressure, which acts on the packer’s setting piston area, shears the setting screws, and activates the packer-setting mechanism. The setting-mechanism trigger pressure is adjusted by adding or removing easily accessible shear screws. The packer’s hydrostatic chamber allows the packer to be successfully set at lower pump pressures.

Once the packer is fully set, the pack-off force is mechanically locked into the slips and sealing element with a positive lock-ratchet mechanism. This allows the tubing to be landed in either compression or neutral condition.

Release operationThe Hydro-8 packer does not require tubing manipulation during setting and can be set after the wellhead has been installed. Packer release is accomplished by a simple upward pull on the tubing string. Unlike many hydrostatic packers, the Hydro-8 packer can be adjusted or redressed in the field by onsite personnel. This packer also features an optional slickline-intervention, selective-set feature with a choice of upward or downward shift.

Hydro-8Conventional multizone packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0118 slb.com/packers

Hydro-8 Conventional Multizone Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.771 [95.8] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.000 [127.0] 11–13 [16.37–19.35] 4.250 [108.0] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.000 [127.0] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.125 [104.8] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.641 [117.9] 2.441 [62.0] 325 [163]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 2.441 [62.0] 325 [163] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Hydro-8 conventional multizone packer.

10

Page 11: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Deviated wells ■ Multiple-zone, multiple-packer completions

ADVANTAGES ■ Easy release with a fully adjustable,

straight-pickup shear mechanism ■ Short, compact design ■ Fast, reliable installation in straight or

highly deviated wells ■ Field-proven performance ■ Easier, safer retrieval with built-in

equalizing and circulating system

The Hydro-6* conventional multizone packer is ideal for use in deviated wells, multiple-packer completions, and applications where the packer is to be set after the wellhead is installed. Because no mandrel movement occurs during setting, it may also be used in multiple-packer completions where all packers are placed simultaneously.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting-pressure featuresSet with a pressure differential, the Hydro-6 packer has an easily adjust able setting-pressure feature and a bidirectional mechanical slip system. The packer features a unique design that allows debris to be circulated from above the packer when releasing. A three-piece, dual-durometer element system and a built-in equalizing and circulating system ensure reduced risk and easy release.

No tubing movement is required to set the packer. After the packer is set, the tubing can be landed in either compression or neutral condition. The setting force is mechanically locked into the sealing elements with a positive ratchet-lock mechanism. The Hydro-6 packer is released with an upward pull exceeding the rating of the shear release screws. Optionally, the Hydro-6 packer is available with a rotation release mechanism.

Hydro-6Conventional multizone packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0117 slb.com/packers

Hydro-6 Conventional Multizone Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

5.500 [139.7] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.4] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.641 [117.9] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.750 [146.1] 16.1–24.6 [23.96–36.61] 4.744 [120.5] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 20–24 [29.76–35.72] 5.661 [143.8] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.625 [142.9] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 28–32 [41.67–47.62] 5.484 [139.3] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 17–20 [25.30–29.76] 6.266 [159.2] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–41.16] 5.968 [151.6] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.817 [147.8] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Hydro-6 conventional multizone packer.

APPLICATIONS ■ As the bottom packer in multiple-zone

dual completions ■ Single-zone completions ■ Highly deviated wells and

multiple-packer completions

ADVANTAGES ■ Fully adjustable, straight-pickup,

shear-release system ■ Compact, field-proven design ■ Quick, reliable installation in highly

deviated wells ■ Built-in equalizing and circulating system

for increased safety and easy retrieval

The Hydro-8* conventional multizone packer is used in a variety of applications, including single-zone isolation, multiple-string hookups, selective multiple-zone production, and stimulation. The Hydro-8 packer features a mechanical, bidirectional slip system to anchor the packer and resist upward and downward tubing movement. It also has a built-in internal bypass system that allows formation pressure to equalize before the slip is fully released.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operationThe Hydro-8 packer is set by applying tubing pressure, which acts on the packer’s setting piston area, shears the setting screws, and activates the packer-setting mechanism. The setting-mechanism trigger pressure is adjusted by adding or removing easily accessible shear screws. The packer’s hydrostatic chamber allows the packer to be successfully set at lower pump pressures.

Once the packer is fully set, the pack-off force is mechanically locked into the slips and sealing element with a positive lock-ratchet mechanism. This allows the tubing to be landed in either compression or neutral condition.

Release operationThe Hydro-8 packer does not require tubing manipulation during setting and can be set after the wellhead has been installed. Packer release is accomplished by a simple upward pull on the tubing string. Unlike many hydrostatic packers, the Hydro-8 packer can be adjusted or redressed in the field by onsite personnel. This packer also features an optional slickline-intervention, selective-set feature with a choice of upward or downward shift.

Hydro-8Conventional multizone packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0118 slb.com/packers

Hydro-8 Conventional Multizone Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.771 [95.8] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.000 [127.0] 11–13 [16.37–19.35] 4.250 [108.0] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.000 [127.0] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.125 [104.8] 2.000 [50.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.641 [117.9] 2.441 [62.0] 325 [163]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 2.441 [62.0] 325 [163] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Hydro-8 conventional multizone packer.

11

Page 12: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Zone isolation, injection, and production ■ Shallow wells

BENEFITS ■ Simple, easy installation reduces

rig time

FEATURES ■ 7,500-psi [51,710 kPa] and 10,000 psi

[68,947 kPa] nominal pressure rating ■ Temperature ratings based

on elastomers ■ Big bore version for larger production

tubing requirements ■ Quarter right-hand rotation to

mechanically set and release ■ Large internal bypass to maximize flow ■ Double grip design to allow tubing

to be left in tension, compression, or neutral

■ Pressure hold from above or below ■ Seals below upper slips that allow

flushing of debris prior to releasing ■ Optional safety release system

(in some sizes)

The M1-X conventional packer permits unrestricted flow and passage of full-gauge wireline tools and accessories with an unrestricted ID, making it ideal for zone isolation, injection, and production. The M1-X packer can be set with production tubing in tension, compression, or neutral, maximizing effectiveness in shallow wells and fiberglass tubing operations.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Bypass closureThe packer’s mechanical lock-set action closes an internal bypass and allows application of pressure above or below the packer while reducing surge-and-swab pressure during running and retrieval. This bypass closes during setting and opens to equalize pressure before releasing the slips.

Seals and releaseSeals below the upper slips allow debris above the packer to be washed away prior to release. The packer is released by a quarter right-hand turn at the tool, followed by straight pickup of the production tubing.

M1-XConventional packer

M1-X conventional packer.

M1-X Conventional Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Tool ID, Min., in [mm]

ThreadBox Up/Pin Down

2.875 [73.03] 6.5 [9.67] 2.375 [60.33] 2.441 [62.00] 2.314 [58.78] 0.990 [25.15] 1.315 EU 10 RD3.5 [88.90] 7.7–10.2 [11.46–15.18] 2.797 [71.04] 2.867 [72.82] 2.786 [70.76] 1.245 [31.62] 1.900 NU 10 RD4 [101.60] 9.5–11 [14.14–16.37] 3.351 [85.12] 3.423 [86.94] 3.255 [82.68] 1.495 [7.97] 1.900 EU 10 RD

4.5 [114.30] 15.1–16.6 [22.47–24.7] 3.629 [92.18] 3.701 [94.01] 3.255 [82.68] 1.495 [7.97] 1.900 EU 10 RD

4.5 [114.30] 13.5–15.1 [20.09–22.47]† 3.826 [97.18] 3.920 [99.57] 3.655 [92.84] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

4.5 [114.30] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09]† 3.920 [99.57] 4.090 [103.89] 3.759 [95.48] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5 [127.0] 20.8–21.4 [30.95–31.85] 4.126 [104.80] 4.156 [105.56] 3.943 [100.15] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5 [127.0] 18–20.8 [26.79–30.95]† 4.156 [105.56] 4.276 [108.61] 4.000 [101.60] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5 [127.0] 11.5–15 [17.11–22.32]† 4.408 [111.96] 4.560 [115.82] 4.125 [104.78] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23]† 4.670 [118.62] 4.778 [121.36] 4.500 [114.30] 1.995 [50.67] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 17–20 [25.30–29.76]† 4.778 [121.36] 4.892 [124.26] 4.625 [117.48] 1.995 [50.67] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 13–17 [19.35–25.30]† 4.892 [124.26] 5.044 [128.12] 4.625 [117.48] 1.995 [50.67] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23]† 4.670 [118.62] 4.778 [121.36] 4.500 [114.30] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 15–17 [22.32–25.30]† 4.778 [121.36] 4.950 [125.73] 4.625 [117.48] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 13–15 [19.35–22.32]† 4.950 [125.73] 5.044 [128.12] 4.781 [121.44] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.75 [146.05] 18–21.9 [26.79–32.59] 5.000 [127.00] 5.142 [130.61] 4.817 [122.35] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.75 [146.05] 14–21.9 [20.83–32.59] 5.000 [127.00] 5.282 [134.16] 4.817 [122.35] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

6.625 [168.28] 24–28 [35.72–41.67]† 5.791 [147.09] 5.921 [150.39] 5.588 [141.94] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

6.625 [168.28] 20–24 [29.76–35.72] 5.921 [150.39] 6.049 [153.64] 5.755 [146.18] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 32–38 [47.62–56.55]† 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.588 [141.94] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.276 [159.41] 5.588 [141.94] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 20–26 [29.76–38.69]† 6.276 [159.41] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 17–20 [25.30–29.76] 6.456 [163.98] 6.538 [166.07] 6.255 [158.88] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 32–38 [47.62–56.55] 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.750 [146.05] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.276 [159.41] 5.875 [149.23] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 17–24 [25.30–35.72] 6.336 [160.93] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04]† 6.625 [168.28] 6.765 [171.83] 6.453 [163.91] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20]† 6.875 [174.63] 7.025 [178.44] 6.672 [169.47] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.625 [168.28] 6.765 [171.83] 6.453 [163.91] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.875 [174.63] 7.025 [178.44] 6.672 [169.47] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

8.625 [219.08] 32–40 [47.62–59.53] 7.725 [196.22] 7.921 [201.19] 7.500 [190.50] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

8.625 [219.08] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 8.017 [203.63] 8.097 [205.66] 7.750 [196.85] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

9.625 [244.48] 43.5–53.5 [64.74–79.62] 8.535 [216.79] 8.755 [222.38] 8.250 [209.55] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

9.625 [244.48] 32–43.5 [47.62–64.74] 8.755 [222.38] 9.001 [228.63] 8.500 [215.90] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD10.75 [273.05] 32.8–45.5 [48.81–67.71] 9.950 [252.73] 10.192 [258.88] 9.688 [246.08] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

† Casing weight available in 10,000 psi and standard bores.

M1-X

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0143

12

Page 13: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Zone isolation, injection, and production■ Shallow wells

BENEFITS■ Simple, easy installation reduces

rig time

FEATURES■ 7,500-psi [51,710 kPa] and 10,000 psi

[68,947 kPa] nominal pressure rating■ Temperature ratings based

on elastomers■ Big bore version for larger production

tubing requirements■ Quarter right-hand rotation to

mechanically set and release■ Large internal bypass to maximize flow■ Double grip design to allow tubing

to be left in tension, compression,or neutral

■ Pressure hold from above or below■ Seals below upper slips that allow

flushing of debris prior to releasing■ Optional safety release system

(in some sizes)

The M1-X conventional packer permits unrestricted flow and passage offull-gauge wireline tools and accessories with an unrestricted ID, making itideal for zone isolation, injection, and production. The M1-X packer can beset with production tubing in tension, compression, or neutral, maximizingeffectiveness in shallow wells and fiberglass tubing operations.

Main features■ Mechanically set■ Retrievable■ For use in conventional completions

Bypass closureThe packer’s mechanical lock-set action closes an internal bypass and allowsapplication of pressure above or below the packer while reducing surge-and-swab pressure during running and retrieval. This bypass closes during settingand opens to equalize pressure before releasing the slips.

Seals and releaseSeals below the upper slips allow debris above the packer to be washed awayprior to release. The packer is released by a quarter right-hand turn at the tool,followed by straight pickup of the production tubing.

M1-XConventional packer

M1-X conventional packer.

M1-X Conventional Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Tool ID, Min., in [mm]

ThreadBox Up/Pin Down

2.875 [73.03] 6.5 [9.67] 2.375 [60.33] 2.441 [62.00] 2.314 [58.78] 0.990 [25.15] 1.315 EU 10 RD3.5 [88.90] 7.7–10.2 [11.46–15.18] 2.797 [71.04] 2.867 [72.82] 2.786 [70.76] 1.245 [31.62] 1.900 NU 10 RD4 [101.60] 9.5–11 [14.14–16.37] 3.351 [85.12] 3.423 [86.94] 3.255 [82.68] 1.495 [7.97] 1.900 EU 10 RD

4.5 [114.30] 15.1–16.6 [22.47–24.7] 3.629 [92.18] 3.701 [94.01] 3.255 [82.68] 1.495 [7.97] 1.900 EU 10 RD

4.5 [114.30] 13.5–15.1 [20.09–22.47]† 3.826 [97.18] 3.920 [99.57] 3.655 [92.84] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

4.5 [114.30] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09]† 3.920 [99.57] 4.090 [103.89] 3.759 [95.48] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5 [127.0] 20.8–21.4 [30.95–31.85] 4.126 [104.80] 4.156 [105.56] 3.943 [100.15] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5 [127.0] 18–20.8 [26.79–30.95]† 4.156 [105.56] 4.276 [108.61] 4.000 [101.60] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5 [127.0] 11.5–15 [17.11–22.32]† 4.408 [111.96] 4.560 [115.82] 4.125 [104.78] 1.930 [49.02] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23]† 4.670 [118.62] 4.778 [121.36] 4.500 [114.30] 1.995 [50.67] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 17–20 [25.30–29.76]† 4.778 [121.36] 4.892 [124.26] 4.625 [117.48] 1.995 [50.67] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 13–17 [19.35–25.30]† 4.892 [124.26] 5.044 [128.12] 4.625 [117.48] 1.995 [50.67] 2.375 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23]† 4.670 [118.62] 4.778 [121.36] 4.500 [114.30] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 15–17 [22.32–25.30]† 4.778 [121.36] 4.950 [125.73] 4.625 [117.48] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.5 [139.70] 13–15 [19.35–22.32]† 4.950 [125.73] 5.044 [128.12] 4.781 [121.44] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.75 [146.05] 18–21.9 [26.79–32.59] 5.000 [127.00] 5.142 [130.61] 4.817 [122.35] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

5.75 [146.05] 14–21.9 [20.83–32.59] 5.000 [127.00] 5.282 [134.16] 4.817 [122.35] 2.360 [59.94] 2.875 EU 8 RD

6.625 [168.28] 24–28 [35.72–41.67]† 5.791 [147.09] 5.921 [150.39] 5.588 [141.94] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

6.625 [168.28] 20–24 [29.76–35.72] 5.921 [150.39] 6.049 [153.64] 5.755 [146.18] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 32–38 [47.62–56.55]† 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.588 [141.94] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.276 [159.41] 5.588 [141.94] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 20–26 [29.76–38.69]† 6.276 [159.41] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 17–20 [25.30–29.76] 6.456 [163.98] 6.538 [166.07] 6.255 [158.88] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 32–38 [47.62–56.55] 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.750 [146.05] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.276 [159.41] 5.875 [149.23] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 17–24 [25.30–35.72] 6.336 [160.93] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04]† 6.625 [168.28] 6.765 [171.83] 6.453 [163.91] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20]† 6.875 [174.63] 7.025 [178.44] 6.672 [169.47] 2.515 [63.88] 2.875 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.625 [168.28] 6.765 [171.83] 6.453 [163.91] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.68] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.875 [174.63] 7.025 [178.44] 6.672 [169.47] 2.990 [75.95] 3.5 EU 8 RD

8.625 [219.08] 32–40 [47.62–59.53] 7.725 [196.22] 7.921 [201.19] 7.500 [190.50] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

8.625 [219.08] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 8.017 [203.63] 8.097 [205.66] 7.750 [196.85] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

9.625 [244.48] 43.5–53.5 [64.74–79.62] 8.535 [216.79] 8.755 [222.38] 8.250 [209.55] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

9.625 [244.48] 32–43.5 [47.62–64.74] 8.755 [222.38] 9.001 [228.63] 8.500 [215.90] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD10.75 [273.05] 32.8–45.5 [48.81–67.71] 9.950 [252.73] 10.192 [258.88] 9.688 [246.08] 4.000 [101.60] 4.5 EU 8 RD

† Casing weight available in 10,000 psi and standard bores.

M1-X

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0143

13

Page 14: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Conventional completions ■ Vertical and deviated wells ■ Permanent sealbore production or

isolation packer ■ High-volume production and

injection wells ■ Sump packer for gravel-pack

applications

BENEFITS ■ High running speed reduces rig time ■ Packer is easily milled

FEATURES■ Setting on wireline, coiled tubing,

or tubing workstring to provideoperational versatility

■ 10,000-psi [68,947 kPa] nominalpressure rating

■ Temperature ratings based onelastomer type

■ Full-circle, opposed slips to minimizeinduced loads in supporting casing

■ Sealbore ID in packer mandrel foroptimum seal performance

■ S limline design for fast, easy running■ Optional bottom guides for quick addition

of millout extensions, sealbore extensions,and other accessories

The MDF conventional multisetting packer and MDFBB conventional multisetting big-bore packer are high-performance completion packers featuring a standard operating envelope of 10,000-psi [68,947 kPa] nominal pressure rating (temperature ratings based on elastomers).

Main features ■ Hydraulic- and wireline-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in conventional applications

Construction and pressure integrityThe MDFBB packer features a larger bore than the MDF packer for use with larger-diameter production tubing. Both packers feature a setting sleeve, sealbore mandrel, opposed full-circle slips and cones, and a packing element assembly with a backup system for maximum pressure integrity. Optional bottom guides are threaded to the mandrel for including accessories such as sealbore extensions, millout extensions, or tailpipe assemblies.

A range of available elastomers and materials for flow-wetted parts ensure compatibility with wellbore fluids; the Elastomer Guide outlines the materials available for a variety of service conditions.

MDF and MDFBBConventional multisetting packer and conventional multisetting big-bore packer

MDFBB conventional multisetting big-bore packer.

MDF conventional multisetting packer.

MDF Conventional Multisetting Packer SpecificationsCasingSize, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID,Max.,in [mm]

ToolSize

Tool OD, Max.,in [mm]

Sealbore, Min., in [mm]

Seal AssemblySize

Throughbore Seals, Min., in [mm]

Baker E-4 SettingTool

Hydraulic Setting Tool

4.5[114.30]

9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09]

3.920[99.56]

4.090 [103.88] 37–26 3.750 [95.25] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 10 2.375 tool

5 [127]15–20.8 [22.32–30.95]

4.156 [105.56]

4.408 [111.96] 39–26 3.960 [100.58] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.375 tool

11.5–13 [17.11–19.35]

4.494 [114.14]

4.560 [115.82] 42–26 4.250 [107.95] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.375 tool

5.5[139.70]

20–23 [29.76–34.22]

4.670 [118.61]

4.778 [121.36] 44–26 4.430 [112.52] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.375 tool

13–17 [19.35–25.30]

4.892 [124.25]

5.044 [128.12] 45–26 4.560 [115.82] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool

20–26 [29.76–38.69]

4.548 [115.52]

4.778 [121.36] 43–26 4.33 [109.98] 2.687 [68.25] 26–19 1.938 [49.23] Size 20 2.875 tool

7[177.80]

32–38[47.62–56.55]

5.920 [150.36]

6.094 [154.79]

56–26 5.687 [141.45] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool56–32 5.687 [141.45] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

26–32 [38.69–47.62]

6.094 [154.78]

6.276 [159.41]

58–26 5.870 [149.09] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool58–32 5.870 [149.09] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

26–38 [38.69–56.55]

5.920 [150.36]

6.276 [159.41] 57–32 5.687 [141.45] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

7.625[193.675]

33.7–45.3[50.15–67.41]

6.366 [161.69]

6.765 [171.83]

61–26 6.182 [157.02] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool61–32 6.182 [157.02] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

24–39 [35.72–58.04]

6.625 [168.27]

7.025 [178..44]

63–26 6.370 [161.79] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool63–32 6.370 [161.79] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

9.625[244.47]

47–58.40 [69.94–86.91]

8.435 [214.24]

8.681 [220.49] 82–47 8.217 [210.08] 4.750 [120.65] 47–38 3.875 [98.42] Size 20 2.875 tool

MDF and MDFBB

MDFBB Conventional Multisetting Big-Bore Packer SpecificationsCasingOD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID,Max.,in [mm]

ToolSize

Tool OD, Max.,in [mm]

Sealbore, Min., in [mm]

Seal Assembly Size

Min. Throughbore Seals, in [mm]

Baker E-4 Setting Tool

Hydraulic Setting Tool

4.5 [114.30]

13.5–15.10 [20.09–22.47]

3.826 [97.18]

3.920 [99.568] 36–25 3.599 [91.41] 2.500 [63.50] 25–21 2.137 [54.27] Size 10 2.375 tool

5.5 [139.70]

20–23 [29.76–34.22]

4.670[118.61]

4.778 [121.36] 44–30 4.437 [112.70] 3.000 [76.20] 30–23 2.360 [59.94] Size 20 2.875 tool

13–17 [19.35–25.30]

4.892[124.25]

5.044 [128.12] 45–30 4.563 [115.90] 3.000 [76.20] 30–23 2.360 [59.94] Size 20 2.875 tool

7 [177.80]

32–38 [47.62–56.55]

5.920 [150.36]

6.094 [154.79] 56–40 5.687 [141.45] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

26–32 [38.69–47.62]

6.094 [154.78]

6.366 [161.69] 58–40 5.875 [149.23] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

7.625 [193.675]

33.7–45.30 [50.15–67.41]

6.366 [161.69]

6.765 [171.83] 61–40 6.187 [157.15] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

24–39 [35.71–58.04]

6.625 [168.27]

7.025 [178.44] 63–40 6.375 [161.93] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

9.625 [244.47]

47–58.4 [69.94–86.91]

8.435 [214.24]

8.681 [220.49] 82–60 8.218 [208.73] 6.000 [152.4] 60–55 5.505 [139.82] Size 20 2.875 tool

36–47 [53.57–69.94]

8.681 [220.49]

8.921 [226.59] 84–60 8.437 [214.29] 6.000 [152.4] 60–55 5.505 [139.82] Size 20 2.875 tool

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0144

14

Page 15: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Conventional completions■ Vertical and deviated wells■ Permanent sealbore production or

isolation packer■ High-volume production and

injection wells■ Sump packer for gravel-pack

applications

BENEFITS■ High running speed reduces rig time■ Packer is easily milled

FEATURES■ Setting on wireline, coiled tubing,

or tubing workstring to provideoperational versatility

■ 10,000-psi [68,947 kPa] nominalpressure rating

■ Temperature ratings based onelastomer type

■ Full-circle, opposed slips to minimizeinduced loads in supporting casing

■ Sealbore ID in packer mandrel foroptimum seal performance

■ S limline design for fast, easy running■ Optional bottom guides for quick addition

of millout extensions, sealbore extensions,and other accessories

The MDF conventional multisetting packer and MDFBB conventionalmultisetting big-bore packer are high-performance completion packersfeaturing a standard operating envelope of 10,000-psi [68,947 kPa]nominal pressure rating (temperature ratings based on elastomers).

Main features■ Hydraulic- and wireline-set■ Permanent■ For use in conventional applications

Construction and pressure integrityThe MDFBB packer features a larger bore than the MDF packer for usewith larger-diameter production tubing. Both packers feature a settingsleeve, sealbore mandrel, opposed full-circle slips and cones, and apacking element assembly with a backup system for maximum pressureintegrity. Optional bottom guides are threaded to the mandrel forincluding accessories such as sealbore extensions, millout extensions,or tailpipe assemblies.

A range of available elastomers and materials for flow-wetted partsensure compatibility with wellbore fluids; the Elastomer Guideoutlines the materials available for a variety of service conditions.

MDF and MDFBBConventional multisetting packer and conventional multisetting big-bore packer

MDFBB conventional multisettingbig-bore packer.

MDF conventionalmultisetting packer.

MDF Conventional Multisetting Packer Specifi cationsCasingSize, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID,Max.,in [mm]

ToolSize

Tool OD, Max.,in [mm]

Sealbore, Min., in [mm]

Seal AssemblySize

Throughbore Seals, Min., in [mm]

Baker E-4 SettingTool

Hydraulic Setting Tool

4.5[114.30]

9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09]

3.920[99.56]

4.090 [103.88] 37–26 3.750 [95.25] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 10 2.375 tool

5 [127]15–20.8 [22.32–30.95]

4.156 [105.56]

4.408 [111.96] 39–26 3.960 [100.58] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.375 tool

11.5–13 [17.11–19.35]

4.494 [114.14]

4.560 [115.82] 42–26 4.250 [107.95] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.375 tool

5.5[139.70]

20–23 [29.76–34.22]

4.670 [118.61]

4.778 [121.36] 44–26 4.430 [112.52] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.375 tool

13–17 [19.35–25.30]

4.892 [124.25]

5.044 [128.12] 45–26 4.560 [115.82] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool

20–26 [29.76–38.69]

4.548 [115.52]

4.778 [121.36] 43–26 4.33 [109.98] 2.687 [68.25] 26–19 1.938 [49.23] Size 20 2.875 tool

7[177.80]

32–38[47.62–56.55]

5.920 [150.36]

6.094 [154.79]

56–26 5.687 [141.45] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool56–32 5.687 [141.45] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

26–32 [38.69–47.62]

6.094 [154.78]

6.276 [159.41]

58–26 5.870 [149.09] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool58–32 5.870 [149.09] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

26–38 [38.69–56.55]

5.920 [150.36]

6.276 [159.41] 57–32 5.687 [141.45] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

7.625[193.675]

33.7–45.3[50.15–67.41]

6.366 [161.69]

6.765 [171.83]

61–26 6.182 [157.02] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool61–32 6.182 [157.02] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

24–39 [35.72–58.04]

6.625 [168.27]

7.025 [178..44]

63–26 6.370 [161.79] 2.687 [68.24] 26–19 1.938 [49.22] Size 20 2.875 tool63–32 6.370 [161.79] 3.250 [82.55] 32–24 2.375 [60.32] Size 20 2.875 tool

9.625[244.47]

47–58.40 [69.94–86.91]

8.435 [214.24]

8.681 [220.49] 82–47 8.217 [210.08] 4.750 [120.65] 47–38 3.875 [98.42] Size 20 2.875 tool

MDF and MDFBB

MDFBB Conventional Multisetting Big-Bore Packer Specifi cationsCasingOD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID,Max.,in [mm]

ToolSize

Tool OD, Max.,in [mm]

Sealbore, Min., in [mm]

Seal Assembly Size

Min. Throughbore Seals, in [mm]

Baker E-4 Setting Tool

Hydraulic Setting Tool

4.5 [114.30]

13.5–15.10 [20.09–22.47]

3.826 [97.18]

3.920 [99.568] 36–25 3.599 [91.41] 2.500 [63.50] 25–21 2.137 [54.27] Size 10 2.375 tool

5.5 [139.70]

20–23 [29.76–34.22]

4.670[118.61]

4.778 [121.36] 44–30 4.437 [112.70] 3.000 [76.20] 30–23 2.360 [59.94] Size 20 2.875 tool

13–17 [19.35–25.30]

4.892[124.25]

5.044 [128.12] 45–30 4.563 [115.90] 3.000 [76.20] 30–23 2.360 [59.94] Size 20 2.875 tool

7 [177.80]

32–38 [47.62–56.55]

5.920 [150.36]

6.094 [154.79] 56–40 5.687 [141.45] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

26–32 [38.69–47.62]

6.094 [154.78]

6.366 [161.69] 58–40 5.875 [149.23] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

7.625 [193.675]

33.7–45.30 [50.15–67.41]

6.366 [161.69]

6.765 [171.83] 61–40 6.187 [157.15] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

24–39 [35.71–58.04]

6.625 [168.27]

7.025 [178.44] 63–40 6.375 [161.93] 4.000 [101.60] 40–30 3.000 [76.20] Size 20 2.875 tool

9.625 [244.47]

47–58.4 [69.94–86.91]

8.435 [214.24]

8.681 [220.49] 82–60 8.218 [208.73] 6.000 [152.4] 60–55 5.505 [139.82] Size 20 2.875 tool

36–47 [53.57–69.94]

8.681 [220.49]

8.921 [226.59] 84–60 8.437 [214.29] 6.000 [152.4] 60–55 5.505 [139.82] Size 20 2.875 tool

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0144

15

Page 16: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Single-string completions ■ Zonal isolation ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores

BENEFITS ■ Simplified operations reduce rig costs

FEATURES ■ Ability to pressure test the system at

the surface ■ No tubing movement during installation ■ Minimal debris buildup above slips ■ Easy to circulate out debris before retrieval ■ Positive casing grip to secure packer ■ Slips located below the sealing element ■ Equalization system above the element ■ Adjustable, straight-pull shear release ■ Field-proven sealing element ■ Bidirectional slips ■ Minimized end effect on

shear-release screws

The MRP conventional modular packer is used in vertical and deviated wellbores or in applications in which single or multiple packers are set after the wellhead has been installed. A modular shell and body design for low-to-medium pressure differentials allows configuration as a single-string production packer. Its compact, modular design makes the MRP packer an economical choice for production applications.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V3

Installation and releaseThe MRP packer is installed with the completion tubing and is set by applying pressure to the tubing. Retrieval of the MRP packer is accomplished with a straight upward pull on the tubing. Once the tension on the tubing string exceeds the shear value of the release pins, the slips disengage the casing and the element relaxes. Set at the factory to a standard value, the packer shear-release mechanism can be adjusted in the field just before installation.

MRP conventional modular packer.

MRPConventional modular packer

Other company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0115

MRP

slb.com/packers

MRP Conventional Modular Packer Specifications

Casing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.000 [177.8] 29–32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.850 [148.6] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.625 [193.7] 26.4–29.7 [39.29–44.20] 6.690 [169.9] 2.922 [74.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.625 [193.7] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.440 [163.6] 2.922 [74.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.463 [215.0] 2.922, 3.910, 4.733 [74.2, 99.3, 120.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.354 [212.2] 2.922, 3.910, 4.733 [74.2, 99.3, 120.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

16

Page 17: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Single-string completions■ Zonal isolation■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores

BENEFITS■ Simplified operations reduce rig costs

FEATURES■ Ability to pressure test the system at

the surface■ No tubing movement during installation■ Minimal debris buildup above slips■ Easy to circulate out debris before retrieval■ Positive casing grip to secure packer■ Slips located below the sealing element■ Equalization system above the element■ Adjustable, straight-pull shear release■ Field-proven sealing element■ Bidirectional slips■ Minimized end effect on

shear-release screws

The MRP conventional modular packer is used in vertical and deviated wellbores or in applications in which single or multiple packers are set after the wellhead has been installed. A modular shell and body design for low-to-medium pressure differentials allows configuration as a single-string production packer. Its compact, modular design makes the MRP packer an economical choice for production applications.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in conventional completions■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V3

Installation and releaseThe MRP packer is installed with the completion tubing and is set by applying pressure to the tubing. Retrieval of the MRP packer is accomplished with a straight upward pull on the tubing. Once the tension on the tubing string exceeds the shear value of the release pins, the slips disengage the casing and the element relaxes. Set at the factory to a standard value, the packer shear-release mechanism can be adjusted in the field just before installation.

MRP conventional modular packer.

MRPConventional modular packer

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0115

MRP

slb.com/packers

MRP Conventional Modular Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.000 [177.8] 29–32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.850 [148.6] 2.426, 2.922 [61.62, 74.22] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.625 [193.7] 26.4–29.7 [39.29–44.20] 6.690 [169.9] 2.922 [74.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

7.625 [193.7] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.440 [163.6] 2.922 [74.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.463 [215.0] 2.922, 3.910, 4.733 [74.2, 99.3, 120.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.354 [212.2] 2.922, 3.910, 4.733 [74.2, 99.3, 120.2] 325 [163] 7,000 [48,263]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

17

Page 18: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Deviated wellbores ■ Conditions where mechanically setting

equipment is difficult ■ Single zone completions ■ Bottom packer in multizone completions

BENEFITS ■ Packer can be set in both low and high

hydrostatic wells

FEATURES ■ Straight-pull release ■ Locked-in pack-off force ■ Hydraulic hold-downs that resist

differential pressure below the packer ■ Hydraulic setting for low hydrostatic wells ■ Ability to withstand high

hydrostatic pressure

The Neptune* conventional hydrostatic-set packer can be set either hydraulically or hydrostatically, allowing tubing to be left neutral or in compression. The Neptune packer is for use in deviated wellbores or other conditions where use of mechanically set equipment is not feasible.

Main features ■ Hydrostatic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operationThe Neptune packer withstands high hydrostatic pressures and includes hydraulic hold-downs to resist differential pressure from below. The packer can be set hydraulically in low hydrostatic head wells and can be released with a straight-pull release.

NeptuneConventional hydrostatic-set packer

Neptune conventional hydrostatic-set packer.

NeptuneNeptune Conventional Hydrostatic-Set Packer SpecificationsCasing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing, Min., in [mm]

Casing, Max., in [mm]

Packer OD, Max., in [mm]

Packer Tool, in [mm]

Thread Box × Pin

4.5 [114.30] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.910 [93.31] 4.090 [103.88] 3.770 [95.76] 1.978 [50.241] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.250 [114.30] 4.410 [112.01] 4.130 [104.90] 1.978 [50.241] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 11.5–15 [17.11–22.32] 4.410 [112.01] 4.560 [115.82] 4.250 [107.95] 1.978 [50.241] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.630 [117.60] 4.780 [121.41] 4.500 [114.30] 1.995 [50.673] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.780 [121.41] 4.950 [125.73] 4.640 [117.86] 1.995 [50.673] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.950 [125.73] 5.190 [131.83] 4.780 [121.41] 1.995 [50.673] 2.375 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 38 [56.55] 5.920 [150.36] 5.795 [147.19] 5.656 [143.66] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.940 [150.88] 6.140 [155.95] 5.810 [147.57] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.140 [155.96] 6.280 [159.51] 5.970 [151.64] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.280 [159.51] 6.460 [164.08] 6.080 [154.43] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 17–20 [25.30–29.76] 6.460 [164.08] 6.580 [167.13] 6.270 [159.26]2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.67] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.580 [167.13] 6.800 [172.72] 6.450 [163.83] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.67] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.800 [172.72] 7.030 [178.56] 6.670 [169.42] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.67] 20–24 [29.76–35.72] 7.030 [178.56] 7.130 [181.10] 6.810 [172.97] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

9.625 [244.48] 29.3–36 [43.60–53.57] 8.921 [226.59] 9.063 [230.20] 8.593 [218.26] 4.000 [101.600] 4.500 LCT9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.49] 8.835 [224.41] 8.437 [214.30] 4.000 [101.600] 4.500 LCT9.625 [244.48] 47–53 [69.94–78.87] 8.343 [211.91] 8.681 [220.49] 8.218 [208.74] 4.000 [101.600] 4.500 LCT

slb.com/packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0146

18

Page 19: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Deviated wellbores■ Conditions where mechanically setting

equipment is difficult■ Single zone completions■ Bottom packer in multizone completions

BENEFITS■ Packer can be set in both low and high

hydrostatic wells

FEATURES■ Straight-pull release■ Locked-in pack-off force■ Hydraulic hold-downs that resist

differential pressure below the packer■ Hydraulic setting for low hydrostatic wells■ Ability to withstand high

hydrostatic pressure

The Neptune* conventional hydrostatic-set packer can be set eitherhydraulically or hydrostatically, allowing tubing to be left neutralor in compression. The Neptune packer is for use in deviatedwellbores or other conditions where use of mechanically setequipment is not feasible.

Main features■ Hydrostatic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operationThe Neptune packer withstands high hydrostatic pressures andincludes hydraulic hold-downs to resist differential pressure frombelow. The packer can be set hydraulically in low hydrostatic headwells and can be released with a straight-pull release.

NeptuneConventional hydrostatic-set packer

Neptune conventionalhydrostatic-set packer.

NeptuneNeptune Conventional Hydrostatic-Set Packer Specifi cationsCasing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing, Min., in [mm]

Casing, Max., in [mm]

Packer OD, Max., in [mm]

Packer Tool, in [mm]

Thread Box × Pin

4.5 [114.30] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.910 [93.31] 4.090 [103.88] 3.770 [95.76] 1.978 [50.241] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.250 [114.30] 4.410 [112.01] 4.130 [104.90] 1.978 [50.241] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 11.5–15 [17.11–22.32] 4.410 [112.01] 4.560 [115.82] 4.250 [107.95] 1.978 [50.241] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.630 [117.60] 4.780 [121.41] 4.500 [114.30] 1.995 [50.673] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.780 [121.41] 4.950 [125.73] 4.640 [117.86] 1.995 [50.673] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.950 [125.73] 5.190 [131.83] 4.780 [121.41] 1.995 [50.673] 2.375 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 38 [56.55] 5.920 [150.36] 5.795 [147.19] 5.656 [143.66] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.940 [150.88] 6.140 [155.95] 5.810 [147.57] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.140 [155.96] 6.280 [159.51] 5.970 [151.64] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.280 [159.51] 6.460 [164.08] 6.080 [154.43] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7 [177.80] 17–20 [25.30–29.76] 6.460 [164.08] 6.580 [167.13] 6.270 [159.26]2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.67] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.580 [167.13] 6.800 [172.72] 6.450 [163.83] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.67] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.800 [172.72] 7.030 [178.56] 6.670 [169.42] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

7.625 [193.67] 20–24 [29.76–35.72] 7.030 [178.56] 7.130 [181.10] 6.810 [172.97] 2.416 or 3.000 [61.366 or 76.2] 2.875 or 3.500 EU 8 RD

9.625 [244.48] 29.3–36 [43.60–53.57] 8.921 [226.59] 9.063 [230.20] 8.593 [218.26] 4.000 [101.600] 4.500 LCT9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.49] 8.835 [224.41] 8.437 [214.30] 4.000 [101.600] 4.500 LCT9.625 [244.48] 47–53 [69.94–78.87] 8.343 [211.91] 8.681 [220.49] 8.218 [208.74] 4.000 [101.600] 4.500 LCT

slb.com/packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0146

19

Page 20: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Permanent production or isolation packing ■ Nonperforated wellbores

BENEFITS ■ Reduced overall rig costs due to shorter

installation times ■ Eliminated plug installation in

high-angle wells ■ Decreased rig time associated with

standard methods to set packers

FEATURES ■ No slickline or plug to set ■ Atmospheric chamber to ensure maximum

setting force is applied to packer ■ Self-energizing element system ■ Can be set with standard methods as

a backup ■ Autoset feature in case the tubing

string drops ■ ISO 14310 V0 qualified

The NIS conventional interventionless hydrostatic-set packer is designed to be set in a closed system, such as a cased well before perforating. Another popular option is an open completion (openhole lateral or perforated casing) isolated by a formation isolation valve.

Main features ■ Hydrostatic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in conventional completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V0 standards

Multiple setting optionsTo prevent premature setting of the packer, rupture discs are used to isolate the setting chamber. Each NIS packer is internally tested with nitrogen to ensure that the hydrostatic chamber is leak-free and will activate the packer at the proper depth. The NIS packer has a contingency set option whereby the packer can be set by conventional means; i.e., a plug is set below the packer on slickline and pressure is applied to the packer setting chamber through the tubing.

This packer is an ideal candidate to reduce expensive rig time for extended-reach or deep wells.

NISConventional interventionless hydrostatic-set packer

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0160 slb.com/packers

NIS Conventional Interventionless Hydrostatic-Set Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.29 [210.6] 4.66 [118.4] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

NIS conventional interventionless hydrostatic-set packer.

APPLICATIONS■ All installations

ADVANTAGES■ Low maintenance cost■ 7,500-psi [51,710-kPa] maximum working

differential pressure■ Hydraulic setting■ Double mechanical grip■ Double isolator element for a larger

packing area■ Releasing system by tension■ Wide passage option available upon

special request

The PHT hydraulic packer features double mechanical grip andis hydraulically set but retrieved by tension. This economical and compact packer is designed for all type of installations. After being set, the tubing can remain with weight, neutral, or in tension, easing the packer’s operation.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in all installations

Setting operationPrior to running the packer, rate the shearing value of thecalibrated pins, with the purpose of setting the installationselectively or as a whole, should multiple packers be required.Run the packer (with the predetermined string) with a blank plug or another element for that purpose (according to installation)to allow pressurization. Upon reaching the required depth, applypressure according to the shearing values of the setting pins.Check the correct operation with weight and tension.

Releasing operationSet the string at the neutral point and apply tension over the tubing weight, according to the rate of the shearing ring forthis operation.

PHTHydraulic packer

PHT hydraulic packer.

20

Page 21: Packers Catalog

C

ØB

ØA

PMDJ Production Mechanical Packer Specifications

Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, in [mm]

Tool ID, in [mm]

Tool Length, in [mm]

Connection

5.5 [139.70]

13–15.5 [19.34–23.06] 4.950 [125.70] 5.044 [128.10] 4.744 [120.50] 2000 [50.80] 50.945 [1,294.00] 2⅜ EU 8RD

15.5–17 [23.06–25.06] 4.892 [124.20] 4.950 [125.70] 4.744 [120.50] 2.000 [50.80] 50.945 [1,294.00] 2⅜ EU 8RD

17–23 [25.06–34.22] 4.670 [118.60] 4.892 [124.20] 4.637 [117.80] 2.000 [50.80] 50.945 [1,294.00] 2⅜ EU 8RD

5.5 [139.70]

13–15.5 [19.34–23.06] 4.950 [125.70] 5.044 [128.10] 4.744 [120.50] 2.402 [61.00] 50.945 [1,294.00] 2⅞ EU 8RD

15.5–17 [23.06–25.06] 4.892 [124.20] 4.950 [125.70] 4.744 [120.50] 2.402 [61.00] 50.945 [1,294.00] 2⅞ EU 8RD

17–23 [25.06–34.22] 4.670 [118.60] 4.892 [124.20] 4.637 [117.80] 2.402 [61.00] 50.945 [1,294.00] 2⅞ EU 8RD

7 [177.80]

17–20 [25.29–29.76] 6.456 [164.00] 6.538 [166.00] 6.267 [159.20] 2.402 [61.00] 47.638 [1,210.00] 2⅞ EU 8RD

23–26 [34.22–38.68] 6.276 [159.40] 6.366 [161.70] 6.078 [154.40] 2.402 [61.00] 47.638 [1,210.00] 2⅞ EU 8RD

26–29 [38.68–43.15] 6.184 [157.10] 6.276 [159.40] 5.968 [151.60] 2.402 [61.00] 47.638 [1,210.00] 2⅞ EU 8RD

7 [177.80]

17–20 [25.29–29.76] 6.456 [164.00] 6.538 [166.00] 6.267 [159.20] 2.992 [76.00] 47.638 [1,210.00] 3½ EU 8RD

23–26 [34.22–38.68] 6.276 [159.40] 6.366 [161.70] 6.078 [154.40] 2.992 [76.00] 47.638 [1,210.00] 3½ EU 8RD

26–29 [38.68–43.15] 6.184 [157.10] 6.276 [159.40] 5.968 [151.60] 2.992 [76.00] 47.638 [1,210.00] 3½ EU 8RD

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0186

PMDJ

slb.com/packers

APPLICATIONS ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Sump packing in gravel-pack operations ■ Permanent gravel-pack packing ■ Permanent sealbore production or

isolation packing

BENEFITS ■ High running speed reduces rig time for

packer installation and setting

FEATURES ■ Dual-opposing, one-piece slips ■ Full-circle, solid-metal backup system to

prevent element extrusion ■ Unique swab-resistant element ■ Pin-down configuration to allow easy

attachment of accessories ■ Ability to be easily milled

The QL conventional sealbore packer is used as a production packer, gravel-pack packer, or a sump packer. The QL packer features the same upper latching profile as the QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer.

Main features ■ Wireline- or hydraulic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use as a production, gravel-pack, sump, or

isolation packer ■ Exceeds ISO 14310 V3 standards

Fast runningThis packer is designed for risk-free and fast running either on wireline or with a hydraulic-setting tool on drill pipe or tubing. QL packers may be run and set on wireline using an E-4 or equivalent pressure setting assembly. On drillpipe or coiled tubing, a hydraulic-setting tool is used.

Use in hostile environmentsThis is a tough, large-bore packer with a field-proven record. The QL packer is suitable for standard or H2S service and is also available in several alternate material configurations to withstand virtually any hostile environment. A full line of accessory equipment is available. This permanent packer may be milled over and retrieved using a packer milling assembly.

QLConventional sealbore packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0192 slb.com/packers

QL Conventional Sealbore Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

5.500 [139.7] 14–17 [20.83–25.30] 4.563 [115.9] 3.003 [76.3] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.437 [112.7] 3.003 [76.3] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.000 [177.8] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.015 [152.8] 4.003 [101.7] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.890 [149.6] 4.003 [101.7] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.815 [147.7] 4.003 [101.7] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.000 [177.8] 32–38 [47.62–56.55] 5.687 [144.4] 4.003 [101.7] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.625 [193.7] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.265 [159.1] 4.003 [101.7] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 36–47 [53.57–69.94] 8.463 [215.0] 6.003 [152.5] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–58.4 [69.94–86.91] 8.219 [208.8] 6.003 [152.5] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

QL conventional sealbore packer.

25

Page 22: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Permanent gravel-pack packing ■ Permanent sealbore production or

isolation packing

BENEFITS ■ High running speed reduces rig time

required to install and set the packer ■ Packer is easily milled ■ Design allows fast and reliable installation

FEATURES ■ Dual-opposing, one-piece slips ■ 360° solid-metal backup system to prevent

element extrusion ■ Unique swab-resistant element ■ Pin-down configuration for easy

attachment of accessories

The QLH conventional hydrostatic-set sealbore packer features the same upper latching profile as the QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer. This packer is designed for reliable and fast installation. The integral setting cylinder located below the bottom slips provides the force needed to set the full-circumference slips and pack off the sealing element. The QLH packer may be set after the tubing has been landed and the wellhead installed, eliminating the need for special equipment to facilitate tubing space out.

Main features ■ Hydrostatic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in high-pressure, gravel-pack, sump, and isolation applications

Usage and compatibilityThe QLH packer is compatible with all QL permanent packer seal assemblies and accessories. It is suitable for standard or H2S service and is available in alternate material configurations to withstand virtually any hostile environment. A full line of accessory equipment is available for the QLH packer.

This permanent packer may be milled over and retrieved using a standard packer milling tool.

QLHConventional hydrostatic-set sealbore packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0159 slb.com/packers

QLH Conventional Hydrostatic-Set Sealbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

9.625 [244.5] 36–47 [53.57–69.94] 8.463 [215.0] 4.892 [124.3] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–58.4 [69.94–86.91] 8.219 [208.8] 6.003 [152.5] 300 [149] 10,000 [68,948]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

QLH conventional hydrostatic-set sealbore packer.

APPLICATIONS■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Installations requiring a full tubing ID

through the packer and latch assembly■ Permanent sealbore production or isolation

packer

BENEFITS■ High running speed reduces rig time

required to install and set the packer■ Packer is easily milled■ Design allows fast and reliable installation

FEATURES■ Dual-opposing, one-piece slips■ 360° solid-metal backup system to prevent

element extrusion■ Upper and lower sealbores■ Unique swab-resistant element■ Pin-down configuration for easy attach-

ment of accessories

The QLHB conventional hydraulic-set sealbore and stepbore packer, with a large upper sealbore, is commonly used as a production packer. In special applications, it can be used as a gravel-pack packer or a sump packer. The QLHB features the same upper latching profile as the QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Permanent■ For use in gravel-pack completions and H2S service

Hostile environmentsThe QLHB is suitable for standard or H2S service and is also available in several alternate material configurations to withstand virtually any hostile environment. A full line of accessory equipment is available for the QLHB packer.

QLHB packers may be milled over and retrieved using standard packer milling tools.

QLHBConventional hydraulic-set sealbore and stepbore packer

QLHB conventional hydraulic-set sealbore and stepbore packer.

26

Page 23: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Permanent gravel-pack packing■ Permanent sealbore production or

isolation packing

BENEFITS■ High running speed reduces rig time

required to install and set the packer■ Packer is easily milled■ Design allows fast and reliable installation

FEATURES■ Dual-opposing, one-piece slips■ 360° solid-metal backup system to prevent

element extrusion■ Unique swab-resistant element■ Pin-down configuration for easy

attachment of accessories

The QLH conventional hydrostatic-set sealbore packer features the same upper latching profile as the QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer. This packer is designed for reliable and fast installation. The integral setting cylinder located below the bottom slips provides the force needed to set the full-circumference slips and pack off the sealing element. The QLH packer may be set after the tubing has been landed and the wellhead installed, eliminating the need for special equipment to facilitate tubing space out.

Main features■ Hydrostatic-set■ Permanent■ For use in high-pressure, gravel-pack, sump, and isolation applications

Usage and compatibilityThe QLH packer is compatible with all QL permanent packer seal assemblies and accessories. It is suitable for standard or H2S service and is available in alternate material configurations to withstand virtually any hostile environment. A full line of accessory equipment is available for the QLH packer.

This permanent packer may be milled over and retrieved using a standard packer milling tool.

QLHConventional hydrostatic-set sealbore packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0159 slb.com/packers

QLH Conventional Hydrostatic-Set Sealbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

9.625 [244.5] 36–47 [53.57–69.94] 8.463 [215.0] 4.892 [124.3] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–58.4 [69.94–86.91] 8.219 [208.8] 6.003 [152.5] 300 [149] 10,000 [68,948] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

QLH conventional hydrostatic-set sealbore packer.

APPLICATIONS ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Installations requiring a full tubing ID

through the packer and latch assembly ■ Permanent sealbore production or isolation

packer

BENEFITS ■ High running speed reduces rig time

required to install and set the packer ■ Packer is easily milled ■ Design allows fast and reliable installation

FEATURES ■ Dual-opposing, one-piece slips ■ 360° solid-metal backup system to prevent

element extrusion ■ Upper and lower sealbores ■ Unique swab-resistant element ■ Pin-down configuration for easy attach-

ment of accessories

The QLHB conventional hydraulic-set sealbore and stepbore packer, with a large upper sealbore, is commonly used as a production packer. In special applications, it can be used as a gravel-pack packer or a sump packer. The QLHB features the same upper latching profile as the QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Permanent ■ For use in gravel-pack completions and H2S service

Hostile environmentsThe QLHB is suitable for standard or H2S service and is also available in several alternate material configurations to withstand virtually any hostile environment. A full line of accessory equipment is available for the QLHB packer.

QLHB packers may be milled over and retrieved using standard packer milling tools.

QLHBConventional hydraulic-set sealbore and stepbore packer

QLHB conventional hydraulic-set sealbore and stepbore packer.

27

Page 24: Packers Catalog

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0130

QLHB

slb.com/packers

QLHB Conventional Hydraulic-Set Sealbore and Stepbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Upper Sealbore Nominal ID, in [mm]

7.000 [177.8] 32–28 [47.62–41.67] 5.687 [144.4] 4.003 [101.7] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948] 4.753 [120.7] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

APPLICATIONS ■ Liner-top isolation and straddle

packer installation

ADVANTAGES ■ 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa] nominal

pressure rating ■ Temperature based on elastomers ■ Available elements for well conditions

up to 450 degF [232 degC] ■ Wireline setting with setting adapter ■ Straight-pull-release ■ Standard right-hand-release top section

and conventional anchor seal assembly ■ Optional jay slot top connections ■ Optional bottom thread connections

The RSB Sphinx* conventional wireline-set sealbore packer provides a downhole sealbore that can be removed and redressed when necessary, making it ideal for liner-top isolation and straddle packer installation. The packer can also be used as a locating sealbore for whipstock lateral work or locating drilling and production diverters with the optional jay slot top connection included.

Main features ■ Wireline-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Features and settingsThe RSB Sphinx packer is rated to 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa], with an optional element system available for higher-temperature applications. The tool features a right-hand-release top section and a conventional anchor seal assembly in its standard configuration. A range of optional bottom thread connections are available to increase completion options.

RSB SphinxConventional wireline-set sealbore packer

RSB Sphinx conventional wireline-set sealbore packer.

RSB Sphinx Conventional Wireline-Set Sealbore Packer Specifi cationsOD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

ID, Min., in [mm]

ID, Max., in [mm]

Size OD, Max., in [mm]

7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.81] 6.276 [159.41] 59–40 5.932 [150.67]9.625 [244.48] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.535 [216.79] 8.681 [220.50] 82–52 8.213 [208.61]

9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.835 [224.41] 84–52 8.437 [214.30]

9.625 [244.48] 36–40 [53.57–59.53] 8.835 [221.41] 5.250 [133.35] 85–52 8.593 [281.26]

slb.com/packers*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0147

28

Page 25: Packers Catalog

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0130

QLHB

slb.com/packers

QLHB Conventional Hydraulic-Set Sealbore and Stepbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Upper Sealbore Nominal ID, in [mm]

7.000 [177.8] 32–28 [47.62–41.67] 5.687 [144.4] 4.003 [101.7] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948] 4.753 [120.7] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

APPLICATIONS ■ Liner-top isolation and straddle

packer installation

ADVANTAGES ■ 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa] nominal

pressure rating ■ Temperature based on elastomers ■ Available elements for well conditions

up to 450 degF [232 degC] ■ Wireline setting with setting adapter ■ Straight-pull-release ■ Standard right-hand-release top section

and conventional anchor seal assembly ■ Optional jay slot top connections ■ Optional bottom thread connections

The RSB Sphinx* conventional wireline-set sealbore packer provides a downhole sealbore that can be removed and redressed when necessary, making it ideal for liner-top isolation and straddle packer installation. The packer can also be used as a locating sealbore for whipstock lateral work or locating drilling and production diverters with the optional jay slot top connection included.

Main features ■ Wireline-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Features and settingsThe RSB Sphinx packer is rated to 10,000 psi [68,947 kPa], with an optional element system available for higher-temperature applications. The tool features a right-hand-release top section and a conventional anchor seal assembly in its standard configuration. A range of optional bottom thread connections are available to increase completion options.

RSB SphinxConventional wireline-set sealbore packer

RSB Sphinx conventional wireline-set sealbore packer.

RSB Sphinx Conventional Wireline-Set Sealbore Packer Specifi cationsOD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

ID, Min., in [mm]

ID, Max., in [mm]

Size OD, Max., in [mm]

7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 6.094 [154.81] 6.276 [159.41] 59–40 5.932 [150.67]9.625 [244.48] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.535 [216.79] 8.681 [220.50] 82–52 8.213 [208.61]

9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.835 [224.41] 84–52 8.437 [214.30]

9.625 [244.48] 36–40 [53.57–59.53] 8.835 [221.41] 5.250 [133.35] 85–52 8.593 [281.26]

slb.com/packers*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0147

29

Page 26: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Dual-zone production or

injection applications

ADVANTAGES ■ No tubing movement during

the setting sequence ■ Straight-pull-release ■ Variety of tubing connections and

anchor seal assemblies ■ ECNER array packing element system ■ Able to be used for tandem packer

installations ■ Selective-set pressure with an additional

setting piston assembly ■ Rotational lock

The RSBH[I] Sphinx* conventional injection sealbore packer is a high-performance, hydraulic-set, single-string packer for injection and production. It is utilized for most dual-zone production or injection applications. The wellhead can be installed and flanged up before setting the packer.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in dual-zone production or injection applications

Operating and running proceduresTest the packer in the shop using the test kit prior to delivery to the wellsite. When the packer reaches the setting depth, plug the setting string below the packer, and pressure the tubing to 90% of the expected shut-in production pressure. In no case should the setting pressure be less than 2,000 psi [13,789 kPa]. Hold the pressure for 3–5 minutes to permit the packing elements and slips to properly seat against the casing. Once the packer is fully set, it may be pressure tested.

RSBH[I] SphinxConventional injection sealbore packer

RSBH[I] Sphinx conventional injection sealbore packer.

RSBH[I] Sphinx Conventional Injection Sealbore Packer Specifi cationsCasing OD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Packer Tool, in [mm]

9.625 [244.48] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.535 [216.79] 8.681 [220.50] 8.218 [208.74] 6.000 [152.4]9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.835 [224.41] 8.437 [214.30] 6.000 [152.4]9.625 [244.48] 40–36 [59.93–53.57] 8.835 [224.41] 8.921 [226.59] 8.593 [218.26] 6.000 [152.4]

slb.com/packers*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0148

APPLICATIONS■ Liner top isolation and straddle

packer installation■ Dual-zone production or injection■ Single-trip completions■ Production or isolation sealbore packer■ Injection and production wells

BENEFITS■ Single trip with production tubing saves

rig time■ Design prevents disengagement while

running and setting

FEATURES■ 7,000-psi [48,263-kPa] nominal

pressure rating■ Temperature rating based on elastomers■ One-trip hydraulic setting■ Straight-pull-release■ ECNER array packing element system■ Able to be used for tandem packer

installations■ Selective-set pressure with an

additional setting piston assembly■ Rotational lock■ Variety of tubing connections and

anchor seal assemblies■ No tubing movement during the

setting sequence

The RSBH Sphinx* conventional sealbore packer is a high-performance, hydraulic-set, single-string packer. It provides adownhole sealbore that can be removed and redressed whennecessary, making it ideal for liner top isolation and straddle packerinstallation. The packer can also be used as a locating sealbore forwhipstock lateral work or locating drilling and production diverterswith the optional jay slot top connection included.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in conventional completions

Features and settingsThe RSBH Sphinx packer is rated to 7,000 psi [48,263 kPa], withan optional element system available for higher-temperatureapplications. The packer is used for most dual-zone production orinjection applications. The wellhead can be installed and flangedup before setting the packer. The tool features a left-hand-releasetop section and a conventional anchor seal assembly in its standardconfiguration. A range of optional bottom thread connections areavailable to increase completion options.

RSBH SphinxConventional sealbore packer

RSBH Sphinx conventionalsealbore packer.

RSBH Sphinx Conventional Sealbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Tool ID,in [mm]

Standard Sealbore, in [mm]

Alternative Sealbore, in [mm]

7 [177.80]

32–38 [47.62–56.55] 5.750 [146.05] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]26–32 [38.69–47.62] 5.937 [150.79] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]23–26 [34.23– 38.69] 6.083 [154.50] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]17–20 [25.30–34.23] 6.271 [159.28] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]

slb.com/packers*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0149

30

Page 27: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Dual-zone production or

injection applications

ADVANTAGES ■ No tubing movement during

the setting sequence ■ Straight-pull-release ■ Variety of tubing connections and

anchor seal assemblies ■ ECNER array packing element system ■ Able to be used for tandem packer

installations ■ Selective-set pressure with an additional

setting piston assembly ■ Rotational lock

The RSBH[I] Sphinx* conventional injection sealbore packer is a high-performance, hydraulic-set, single-string packer for injection and production. It is utilized for most dual-zone production or injection applications. The wellhead can be installed and flanged up before setting the packer.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in dual-zone production or injection applications

Operating and running proceduresTest the packer in the shop using the test kit prior to delivery to the wellsite. When the packer reaches the setting depth, plug the setting string below the packer, and pressure the tubing to 90% of the expected shut-in production pressure. In no case should the setting pressure be less than 2,000 psi [13,789 kPa]. Hold the pressure for 3–5 minutes to permit the packing elements and slips to properly seat against the casing. Once the packer is fully set, it may be pressure tested.

RSBH[I] SphinxConventional injection sealbore packer

RSBH[I] Sphinx conventional injection sealbore packer.

RSBH[I] Sphinx Conventional Injection Sealbore Packer Specifi cationsCasing OD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Packer Tool, in [mm]

9.625 [244.48] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.535 [216.79] 8.681 [220.50] 8.218 [208.74] 6.000 [152.4]9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.835 [224.41] 8.437 [214.30] 6.000 [152.4]9.625 [244.48] 40–36 [59.93–53.57] 8.835 [224.41] 8.921 [226.59] 8.593 [218.26] 6.000 [152.4]

slb.com/packers*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0148

APPLICATIONS ■ Liner top isolation and straddle

packer installation ■ Dual-zone production or injection ■ Single-trip completions ■ Production or isolation sealbore packer ■ Injection and production wells

BENEFITS ■ Single trip with production tubing saves

rig time ■ Design prevents disengagement while

running and setting

FEATURES ■ 7,000-psi [48,263-kPa] nominal

pressure rating ■ Temperature rating based on elastomers ■ One-trip hydraulic setting ■ Straight-pull-release ■ ECNER array packing element system ■ Able to be used for tandem packer

installations ■ Selective-set pressure with an

additional setting piston assembly ■ Rotational lock ■ Variety of tubing connections and

anchor seal assemblies ■ No tubing movement during the

setting sequence

The RSBH Sphinx* conventional sealbore packer is a high-performance, hydraulic-set, single-string packer. It provides a downhole sealbore that can be removed and redressed when necessary, making it ideal for liner top isolation and straddle packer installation. The packer can also be used as a locating sealbore for whipstock lateral work or locating drilling and production diverters with the optional jay slot top connection included.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Features and settingsThe RSBH Sphinx packer is rated to 7,000 psi [48,263 kPa], with an optional element system available for higher-temperature applications. The packer is used for most dual-zone production or injection applications. The wellhead can be installed and flanged up before setting the packer. The tool features a left-hand-release top section and a conventional anchor seal assembly in its standard configuration. A range of optional bottom thread connections are available to increase completion options.

RSBH SphinxConventional sealbore packer

RSBH Sphinx conventional sealbore packer.

RSBH Sphinx Conventional Sealbore Packer Specifi cationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Tool ID,in [mm]

Standard Sealbore, in [mm]

Alternative Sealbore, in [mm]

7 [177.80]

32–38 [47.62–56.55] 5.750 [146.05] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]26–32 [38.69–47.62] 5.937 [150.79] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]23–26 [34.23– 38.69] 6.083 [154.50] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]17–20 [25.30–34.23] 6.271 [159.28] 4.00 [101.60] 4.75 [120.66]

slb.com/packers*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0149

31

Page 28: Packers Catalog

The Versalok conventional wireline-set packer features the versatility of a multipurpose packer. The Versalok packer features a bypass system that equalizes pressure across the packer prior to releasing the upper slips, while a spring above the upper slips assures positive slip engagement during extreme pressure reversals. An innovative rotational release system eliminates any potential for premature release problems.

Main features ■ Wireline-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting featuresThe Versalok retrievable production packer provides a full-opening mandrel compatible with standard tubing profile nipples. The wireline setting feature makes the Versalok packer well suited for applications requiring fiberglass production tubing.

Versalok conventional wireline-set packer.

APPLICATIONS ■ Ideal use for applications requiring

fiberglass production tubing

BENEFITS ■ Wireline setting saves time and enables

accurate packer placement

FEATURES ■ Compatibility with standard production

tubing accessories ■ Full-opening mandrel for tubing

compatibility, even in heavy-wall casing sizes

■ Bypass that opens before releasingupper slips for trouble-free retrieval

■ Availability of 7 ,500- and 10,000-psi[51,710- and 6,947-kPa] pressure-rated designs

■ M aximum compression of followerspring to ensure positive slipengagement during pressure reversals

■ Single-trip retrieval using tubing and anon/off tool

VersalokConventional wireline-set packer

VersalokVersalok Conventional Wireline-Set Packer SpecificationsCasing OD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Tool ID, Max., in [mm]

Standard Thread Connections Box × Pin

4.5 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.75 [95.25] 1.938 [49.225] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 11.5–15 [17.11–22.32] 4.125 [104.775] 1.938 [49.225] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 18–20.8 [26.78–30.95] 4 [101.600] 1.938 [49.225] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.437] 2.000 [50.800] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.625 [117.475] 2.000 [50.800] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.5 [114.3] 2.000 [50.800] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.437] 2.375 [60.325] 2.875 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.625 [117.475] 2.375 [60.325] 2.875 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.5 [114.3] 2.375 [60.325] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 17–26 [25.30–38.69] 6 [152.4] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 5.875 [149.225] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.675] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.453 [163.906] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.675] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.672 [169.468] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0152

32

Page 29: Packers Catalog

The Versalok conventional wireline-set packer features the versatility ofa multipurpose packer. The Versalok packer features a bypass system thatequalizes pressure across the packer prior to releasing the upper slips,while a spring above the upper slips assures positive slip engagementduring extreme pressure reversals. An innovative rotational release systemeliminates any potential for premature release problems.

Main features■ Wireline-set■ Retrievable■ For use in conventional completions

Setting featuresThe Versalok retrievable production packer provides a full-openingmandrel compatible with standard tubing profile nipples. The wirelinesetting feature makes the Versalok packer well suited for applicationsrequiring fiberglass production tubing.

Versalok conventionalwireline-set packer.

APPLICATIONS■ Ideal use for applications requiring

fiberglass production tubing

BENEFITS■ Wireline setting saves time and enables

accurate packer placement

FEATURES■ Compatibility with standard production

tubing accessories■ Full-opening mandrel for tubing

compatibility, even in heavy-wallcasing sizes

■ Bypass that opens before releasingupper slips for trouble-free retrieval

■ Availability of 7 ,500- and 10,000-psi[51,710- and 6,947-kPa] pressure-rated designs

■ M aximum compression of followerspring to ensure positive slipengagement during pressure reversals

■ Single-trip retrieval using tubing and anon/off tool

VersalokConventional wireline-set packer

VersalokVersalok Conventional Wireline-Set Packer Specifi cationsCasing OD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Tool ID, Max., in [mm]

Standard Thread Connections Box × Pin

4.5 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.75 [95.25] 1.938 [49.225] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 11.5–15 [17.11–22.32] 4.125 [104.775] 1.938 [49.225] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 18–20.8 [26.78–30.95] 4 [101.600] 1.938 [49.225] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.437] 2.000 [50.800] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.625 [117.475] 2.000 [50.800] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.5 [114.3] 2.000 [50.800] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.437] 2.375 [60.325] 2.875 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.625 [117.475] 2.375 [60.325] 2.875 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.5 [114.3] 2.375 [60.325] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 17–26 [25.30–38.69] 6 [152.4] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 26–32 [38.69–47.62] 5.875 [149.225] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.675] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.453 [163.906] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.675] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.672 [169.468] 2.500 [63.500] 2.875 EU 8 RD

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0152

33

Page 30: Packers Catalog

34

Page 31: Packers Catalog

ESP/Dual Completion Packers

35

Page 32: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Dual- and ESP completions ■ Multizone completions

BENEFITS ■ Straight-pull shear release is not affected by

differential pressure ■ Design features configurable end

connections

FEATURES ■ One-trip hydraulic operation ■ Scoop head for short-string stabbing

available for some sizes ■ Sequential upper slip releasing system for

reduced releasing force ■ Able to be set on long or short string ■ Long string straight-pull shear release ■ Rating of 5,000 psi [34,473 kPa] at 275 degF

[135 degC] ■ Integral thread and sealbore for

anchoring and sealing short strings

The Ultra Dual conventional dual-completion packer is a dual-zone completion packer rated to 5,000 psi [34,473 kPa] at 275 degF [135 degC], featuring an integral hydraulic-setting assembly for one-trip operation. Plugging the string and applying pressure energize the hydraulic cylinder and set the packing elements, isolating the individual tubing strings. The packer releases by a straight pull on the long string. Both strings are available with optional tubing connections for maximum design flexibility.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in dual- and ESP completions

Ultra DualConventional dual-completion packer

Ultra Dual conventional dual-completion packer.

Ultra DualUltra Dual Conventional Dual-Completion Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

OD of Tool, Max., in [mm]

Long-String Tool, Min., in [mm]

Short-String Tool, Min., in [mm]

Long-String Connection

Short-String Connection

5.75 [146.05]

18–21.8 [26.79–32.95] 5.142 [130.61] 5.000 [127.00] 4.812 [122.23] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 1.660

18–21.8 [26.79–32.95] 5.142 [130.61] 5.000 [127.00] 4.812 [122.23] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 2.000 sealbore1.660 top of latch

14–18 [20.83–26.79] 5.282 [134.16] 5.142 [130.61] 4.937 [125.40] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 1.660

14–18 [20.83–26.79] 5.282 [134.16] 5.142 [130.61] 4.937 [125.40] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 2.000 sealbore1.660 top of latch

6.625[168.28]

20–24 [29.76–35.71] 5.921 [150.39] 6.049 [153.45] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 1.900

20–24 [29.76–35.71] 5.921 [150.39] 6.049 [153.45] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.500 sealbore 1.900 top of latch

7[177.80]

32–38 [47.62–56.65] 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 1.900

32–38 [47.62–56.65] 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.500 sealbore 1.900 top of latch

23–32 [34.23–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.336 [160.93] 5.937 [150.80] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.375

23–32 [34.23–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.336 [160.93] 5.937 [150.80] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.688 sealbore2.375 top of latch

17–26 [25.30–38.69] 6.184 [157.07] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 1.938 [49.23] 1.938 [49.23] 2.375 2.375

17–26 [25.30–38.69] 6.184 [157.07] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 1.938 [49.23] 1.938 [49.23] 2.375 2.688 sealbore2.375 top of latch

7.625[193.68]

33.7–39 [50.15–58.03] 6.510 [165.35] 6.882 [174.80] 6.470 [164.34] 2.390 [60.71] 2.390 [60.71] 2.375 2.375

26.4–33.7 [39.28–50.14] 6.662 [169.21] 7.07 [179.73] 6.677 [169.60] 2.390 [60.71] 2.390 [60.71] 2.375 2.375

9.625[244.48]

47–53.5 [69.94–79.61] 8.535 [216.79] 8.681 [220.50] 8.320 [211.33] 2.939 [74.65] 2.939 [74.65] 3.500 3.500

36–47 [53.57–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.921 [226.59] 8.500 [215.90] 2.939 [74.65] 2.939 [74.65] 3.500 3.500

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0141

36

Page 33: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Dual- and ESP completions■ Multizone completions

BENEFITS■ Straight-pull shear release is not affected by

differential pressure■ Design features configurable end

connections

FEATURES■ One-trip hydraulic operation■ Scoop head for short-string stabbing

available for some sizes■ Sequential upper slip releasing system for

reduced releasing force■ Able to be set on long or short string■ Long string straight-pull shear release■ Rating of 5,000 psi [34,473 kPa] at 275 degF

[135 degC]■ Integral thread and sealbore for

anchoring and sealing short strings

The Ultra Dual conventional dual-completion packer is a dual-zonecompletion packer rated to 5,000 psi [34,473 kPa] at 275 degF[135 degC], featuring an integral hydraulic-setting assembly forone-trip operation. Plugging the string and applying pressureenergize the hydraulic cylinder and set the packing elements,isolating the individual tubing strings. The packer releases by astraight pull on the long string. Both strings are available withoptional tubing connections for maximum design flexibility.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in dual- and ESP completions

Ultra DualConventional dual-completion packer

Ultra Dual conventionaldual-completion packer.

Ultra DualUltra Dual Conventional Dual-Completion Packer Specifi cationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

OD of Tool, Max., in [mm]

Long-String Tool, Min., in [mm]

Short-String Tool, Min., in [mm]

Long-String Connection

Short-String Connection

5.75 [146.05]

18–21.8 [26.79–32.95] 5.142 [130.61] 5.000 [127.00] 4.812 [122.23] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 1.660

18–21.8 [26.79–32.95] 5.142 [130.61] 5.000 [127.00] 4.812 [122.23] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 2.000 sealbore1.660 top of latch

14–18 [20.83–26.79] 5.282 [134.16] 5.142 [130.61] 4.937 [125.40] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 1.660

14–18 [20.83–26.79] 5.282 [134.16] 5.142 [130.61] 4.937 [125.40] 1.610 [40.89] 1.380 [35.05] 1.900 2.000 sealbore1.660 top of latch

6.625[168.28]

20–24 [29.76–35.71] 5.921 [150.39] 6.049 [153.45] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 1.900

20–24 [29.76–35.71] 5.921 [150.39] 6.049 [153.45] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.500 sealbore 1.900 top of latch

7[177.80]

32–38 [47.62–56.65] 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 1.900

32–38 [47.62–56.65] 5.920 [150.37] 6.094 [154.79] 5.750 [146.05] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.500 sealbore 1.900 top of latch

23–32 [34.23–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.336 [160.93] 5.937 [150.80] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.375

23–32 [34.23–47.62] 6.094 [154.79] 6.336 [160.93] 5.937 [150.80] 1.938 [49.23] 1.610 [40.89] 2.375 2.688 sealbore2.375 top of latch

17–26 [25.30–38.69] 6.184 [157.07] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 1.938 [49.23] 1.938 [49.23] 2.375 2.375

17–26 [25.30–38.69] 6.184 [157.07] 6.538 [166.07] 6.000 [152.40] 1.938 [49.23] 1.938 [49.23] 2.375 2.688 sealbore2.375 top of latch

7.625[193.68]

33.7–39 [50.15–58.03] 6.510 [165.35] 6.882 [174.80] 6.470 [164.34] 2.390 [60.71] 2.390 [60.71] 2.375 2.375

26.4–33.7 [39.28–50.14] 6.662 [169.21] 7.07 [179.73] 6.677 [169.60] 2.390 [60.71] 2.390 [60.71] 2.375 2.375

9.625[244.48]

47–53.5 [69.94–79.61] 8.535 [216.79] 8.681 [220.50] 8.320 [211.33] 2.939 [74.65] 2.939 [74.65] 3.500 3.500

36–47 [53.57–69.94] 8.681 [220.50] 8.921 [226.59] 8.500 [215.90] 2.939 [74.65] 2.939 [74.65] 3.500 3.500

slb.com/packers

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0141

37

Page 34: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Dual production strings

BENEFITS ■ Simultaneous running of tubing strings

saves rig time

FEATURES ■ Can be set by the short or long string ■ No tubing manipulation required to set

the packer ■ No mandrel movement during setting ■ Simultaneous mandrel movement while

the packer is being released ■ One-piece mandrel designed with

premium connections ■ Setting not affected by tubing weight

below the packer ■ Both mandrels free to rotate ■ May be run with dual strings simultaneously ■ Tubing may be pulled without disturbing

the packer ■ Mechanical locks that prevent

premature setting ■ Ability to set the packer after the wellhead

is installed ■ Elimination of mandrel movement during

setting for use in ESP installations

The Hydro-12* dual-completion packer can be run in stacked dual installations or above almost any type of single-string packer. The unique design allows the packer to be set without tubing manipulation, and both mandrels are free to rotate for ease of makeup. In addition, the short string does not move during setting, which simplifies tubing space out. Orientation of the string is performed by using an optional locking mechanism.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in dual completions

Setting operationThe packer is set by plugging the tubing below the setting ports in the packer and applying pressure to the setting string. Common plugging devices include pumpout plugs, pressure trip subs, and blanking plugs. The bidirectional slips anchor the packer in the casing, keeping the packer from moving upward or downward in response to differential pressure or tubing movement. This packer is suitable for applications requiring installation of the wellhead before packer setting because no tubing manipulation or movement is required.

Release operationThe Hydro-12 packer is released by a straight upward pull on either the short or the long string or simultaneously on both strings until the packer’s primary shear pin value is exceeded. When the packer is released, the primary and secondary mandrel movements are simultaneous. This feature permits the use of ESPs.

Hydro-12Dual-completion packer

Hydro-12 dual-completion packer.

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0119

Hydro-12

slb.com/packers

Hydro-12 Dual-Completion Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ Primary, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ Secondary, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.089 [154.7] 1.953 [49.6] 1.953 [49.6] 275 [135] 5,000 [34,474]

9.625 [244.5] 40–43.5 [59.53–64.74] 8.537 [216.8] 2.399 [60.9] 2.399 [60.9] 275 [135] 5,000 [34,474]

9.625 [244.5] 40–43.5 [59.53–64.74] 8.537 [216.8] 2.250 [57.2] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135] 5,000 [34,474]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

38

Page 35: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Dual production strings

BENEFITS■ Simultaneous running of tubing strings

saves rig time

FEATURES■ Can be set by the short or long string■ No tubing manipulation required to set

the packer■ No mandrel movement during setting■ Simultaneous mandrel movement while

the packer is being released■ One-piece mandrel designed with

premium connections■ Setting not affected by tubing weight

below the packer■ Both mandrels free to rotate■ May be run with dual strings simultaneously■ Tubing may be pulled without disturbing

the packer■ Mechanical locks that prevent

premature setting■ Ability to set the packer after the wellhead

is installed■ Elimination of mandrel movement during

setting for use in ESP installations

The Hydro-12* dual-completion packer can be run in stacked dual installations or above almost any type of single-string packer. The unique design allows the packer to be set without tubing manipulation, and both mandrels are free to rotate for ease of makeup. In addition, the short string does not move during setting, which simplifies tubing space out. Orientation of the string is performed by using an optional locking mechanism.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in dual completions

Setting operationThe packer is set by plugging the tubing below the setting ports in the packer and applying pressure to the setting string. Common plugging devices include pumpout plugs, pressure trip subs, and blanking plugs. The bidirectional slips anchor the packer in the casing, keeping the packer from moving upward or downward in response to differential pressure or tubing movement. This packer is suitable for applications requiring installationof the wellhead before packer setting because no tubing manipulation or movement is required.

Release operationThe Hydro-12 packer is released by a straight upward pull on either the short or the long string or simultaneously on both strings until the packer’sprimary shear pin value is exceeded. When the packer is released, the primaryand secondary mandrel movements are simultaneous. This feature permits the use of ESPs.

Hydro-12Dual-completion packer

Hydro-12 dual-completion packer.

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0119

Hydro-12

slb.com/packers

Hydro-12 Dual-Completion Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ Primary, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ Secondary, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.089 [154.7] 1.953 [49.6] 1.953 [49.6] 275 [135] 5,000 [34,474]

9.625 [244.5] 40–43.5 [59.53–64.74] 8.537 [216.8] 2.399 [60.9] 2.399 [60.9] 275 [135] 5,000 [34,474]

9.625 [244.5] 40–43.5 [59.53–64.74] 8.537 [216.8] 2.250 [57.2] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135] 5,000 [34,474]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

39

Page 36: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ ESP completions ■ Zonal isolation ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores

BENEFITS ■ Simplified operations reduce rig costs

FEATURES ■ Hydro-test capability of

feed-through connections ■ Ability to pressure test the system at

the surface ■ Minimized tubing movement

during installation ■ Reduced debris buildup above slips ■ Easy to circulate out debris before retrieval ■ Positive casing grip secures packer ■ Slips located below sealing element ■ Equalization system above the element ■ Adjustable, straight-pull shear release ■ Field-proven sealing element ■ Bidirectional slips ■ Minimized end effect on

shear-release screws ■ Dual bore with multiple ports

The MRP-ESP modular dual-completion packer is used in vertical and deviated wells with ESP completions. Additional parallel ports are available and may be configured for chemical injection, gas vents, and ESP accessories. This packer is also designed to allow onsite feed-through and connection of electric or hydraulic conduits. Its compact, modular design makes the MRP-ESP packer an economical choice for production applications with ESPs or for gas injection.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in ESP completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V3

Installation and settingThe MRP-ESP packer is installed with the completion tubing and is set by applying pressure to the tubing. Retrieval of the MRP-ESP packer is accomplished with a straight upward pull on the tubing. Once the tension on the tubing string exceeds the shear value of the release pins, the slips disengage the casing, and the element relaxes. Set at the factory to a standard value, the packer shear-release mechanism can be adjusted in the field just before installation.

Cross-section.

MRP-ESPModular dual-completion packer

MRP modular dual-completion packer. Other company, product, and service names

are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0116

MRP-ESP

slb.com/packers

MRP-ESP Modular Dual-Completion Packer

Casing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡Primary, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡Secondary, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Number of Feed-Throughs

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.463 [215.0] 2.992 [76.0] 2.080 [52.8] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] Three 3⁄8 NPT,§ one 3⁄4 NPT

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.354 [212.2] 2.992 [76.0] 2.080 [52.8] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] Six 3⁄8 NPT † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

§ National Pipe Thread.

40

Page 37: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ ESP completions ■ Zonal isolation■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores

BENEFITS■ Simplified operations reduce rig costs

FEATURES■ Hydro-test capability of

feed-through connections■ Ability to pressure test the system at

the surface■ Minimized tubing movement

during installation■ Reduced debris buildup above slips■ Easy to circulate out debris before retrieval■ Positive casing grip secures packer■ Slips located below sealing element■ Equalization system above the element■ Adjustable, straight-pull shear release■ Field-proven sealing element■ Bidirectional slips■ Minimized end effect on

shear-release screws■ Dual bore with multiple ports

The MRP-ESP modular dual-completion packer is used in vertical and deviated wells with ESP completions. Additional parallel ports are available and may be configured for chemical injection, gas vents, and ESP accessories. This packer is also designed to allow onsite feed-through and connection of electric or hydraulic conduits. Its compact, modular design makes the MRP-ESP packer an economical choice for production applications with ESPs or for gas injection.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in ESP completions■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V3

Installation and settingThe MRP-ESP packer is installed with the completion tubing and is set by applying pressure to the tubing. Retrieval of the MRP-ESP packer is accomplished with a straight upward pull on the tubing. Once the tension on the tubing string exceeds the shear value of the release pins, the slips disengage the casing, and the element relaxes. Set at the factory to a standard value, the packer shear-release mechanism can be adjusted in the field just before installation.

Cross-section.

MRP-ESPModular dual-completion packer

MRP modular dual-completion packer. Other company, product, and service names

are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0116

MRP-ESP

slb.com/packers

MRP-ESP Modular Dual-Completion Packer

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ Primary, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ Secondary, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Number of Feed-Throughs

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.463 [215.0] 2.992 [76.0] 2.080 [52.8] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] Three 3⁄8 NPT,§ one 3⁄4 NPT

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.354 [212.2] 2.992 [76.0] 2.080 [52.8] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] Six 3⁄8 NPT† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.§ National Pipe Thread.

41

Page 38: Packers Catalog

42

Page 39: Packers Catalog

High Rate Gas Packers

43

Page 40: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ High-rate production and injection wells

with high or low temperatures ■ Interventionless single-trip completions,

desirable in environments such asdeepwater and subsea wells

■ Vertical, deviated, andhorizontal wellbores

■ Through-tubing recompletions

BENEFITS ■ Minimized rig time associated with

standard setting methods ■ Elimination of tubing movement ■ Fewer interventions necessary

while setting ■ Ease of retrievability

FEATURES ■ Large-bore ID ■ Barrel-type slip design that minimizes

casing damage ■ Slip location below sealing element ■ Hydrostatic setting mechanism with built-in

hydraulic contingency ■ Robust seal that acts as debris barrier

to prevent slip fouling ■ Low activation pressures at surface ■ Leak-free hydrostatic chamber to ensure

packer activation at proper depth ■ Cut-to-release retrieval ■ Direct connection to well tubing ■ Field-proven design based on XHP, XMP,

and QUANTUM MAX* packers

The XHP-BB* hydrostatically set big-bore premium production packer is designed for high-rate production and injection wells. These wells demand exceptional ruggedness and reliability, and, for harsh environments, require premium metallurgy and elastomers. The packer is qualified for low-temperature use in subsea injection wells, as well as for high-pressure, high-temperature environments. It withstands pressures up to 10,000 psi [68,948 kPa] and temperatures up to 350 degF [177 degC]. The XHP-BB packer is designed for closed systems, such as cased hole wells before perforating and openhole completions isolated by a formation isolation valve.

Main features ■ Hydrostatic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in high-pressure and high-rate gas environments

Hydrostatic settingThe XHP-BB packer is installed with the completion tubing and set by pressuring the well at the surface. Rupture discs isolate the setting chamber and ensure accurate activation pressure. Because the packer is hydrostatically set, it is ideal for interventionless single-trip completions. Optionally, it can also be fully set by placing a tubing plug below it and applying pressure.

The XHP-BB packer’s setting chambers are located between the slips and the element. This architecture eliminates any tubing movement relative to the casing, and as a result, the slips and element are both set consistently and predictably. The slips’ barrel-type design minimizes casing damage, and their location below the sealing element prevents buildup of debris above them.

Cut-to-release retrievalThe packer’s cut-to-release feature allows multiple through-tubing interventions without the risk of unsetting the packer. The XHP-BB packer is retrieved with a through-tubing intervention tool to shear the setting mechanism and then a subsequent upward pull on the tubing.

Testing beyond ISO standardsEach XHP-BB packer is internally tested with nitrogen to ensure that the hydrostatic chamber is leak-free and will activate the packer at the proper depth. The packer is tested beyond ISO 14310/API 11D1 standards for the flow-by qualification, which ensures that element swab-off rates are quantified, and it meets the ISO 14310/API 11D1 grade V0 standard for the “as-rolled” customer-specific casing.

XHP-BB hydrostatically set big-bore premium production packer.

XHP-BB Hydrostatically set big-bore premium production packer

ElementVO rated

Premium barrel slipsEnsure even distribution

of load on casing

Cut-to-release zonePrevent premature release

XHP-BB

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0182

slb.com/packers

XHP-BB Hydrostatically Set Big-Bore Premium Production Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 29–32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 3.920 [99.6] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 5.920 [150.4] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]† Other sizes are available on request.‡ ID may vary depending on connection configuration selected.

44

Page 41: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ High-rate production and injection wells

with high or low temperatures■ Interventionless single-trip completions,

desirable in environments such as deepwater and subsea wells

■ Vertical, deviated, and horizontal wellbores

■ Through-tubing recompletions

BENEFITS■ Minimized rig time associated with

standard setting methods■ Elimination of tubing movement■ Fewer interventions necessary

while setting ■ Ease of retrievability

FEATURES■ Large-bore ID■ Barrel-type slip design that minimizes

casing damage■ Slip location below sealing element■ Hydrostatic setting mechanism with built-in

hydraulic contingency■ Robust seal that acts as debris barrier

to prevent slip fouling■ Low activation pressures at surface■ Leak-free hydrostatic chamber to ensure

packer activation at proper depth■ Cut-to-release retrieval■ Direct connection to well tubing■ Field-proven design based on XHP, XMP,

and QUANTUM MAX* packers

The XHP-BB* hydrostatically set big-bore premium production packer is designed for high-rate production and injection wells. These wells demand exceptional ruggedness and reliability, and, for harsh environments, require premium metallurgy and elastomers. The packer is qualified for low-temperature use in subsea injection wells, as well as for high-pressure, high-temperature environments. It withstands pressures up to 10,000 psi [68,948 kPa] and temperatures up to 350 degF [177 degC]. The XHP-BB packer is designed for closed systems, such as cased hole wells before perforating and openhole completions isolated by a formation isolation valve.

Main features■ Hydrostatic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in high-pressure and high-rate gas environments

Hydrostatic settingThe XHP-BB packer is installed with the completion tubing and set by pressuring the well at the surface. Rupture discs isolate the setting chamber and ensure accurate activation pressure. Because the packer is hydrostatically set, it is ideal forinterventionless single-trip completions. Optionally, it can also befully set by placing a tubing plug below it and applying pressure.

The XHP-BB packer’s setting chambers are located between the slips and the element. This architecture eliminates any tubing movement relative to the casing, and as a result, the slips and element are both set consistently and predictably. The slips’ barrel-type design minimizes casing damage, and their location below the sealing element prevents buildup of debris above them.

Cut-to-release retrievalThe packer’s cut-to-release feature allows multiple through-tubing interventions without the risk of unsetting the packer. The XHP-BB packer is retrieved with a through-tubing intervention tool to shear the setting mechanism and then a subsequent upward pull on the tubing.

Testing beyond ISO standardsEach XHP-BB packer is internally tested with nitrogen to ensure that the hydrostatic chamber is leak-free and will activate the packer at the proper depth. The packer is tested beyond ISO 14310/API 11D1 standards for the flow-by qualification, which ensures that element swab-off rates are quantified, and it meets the ISO 14310/API 11D1 grade V0 standard for the “as-rolled” customer-specific casing.

XHP-BB hydrostatically set big-bore premium production packer.

XHP-BBHydrostatically set big-bore premium production packer

ElementVO rated

Premium barrel slipsEnsure even distribution

of load on casing

Cut-to-release zonePrevent premature release

XHP-BB

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0182

slb.com/packers

XHP-BB Hydrostatically Set Big-Bore Premium Production Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 29–32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 3.920 [99.6] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 5.920 [150.4] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]† Other sizes are available on request.‡ ID may vary depending on connection configuration selected.

45

Page 42: Packers Catalog

46

Page 43: Packers Catalog

HPHT Packers

47

Page 44: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ High-pressure, high-volume production■ Hostile downhole environments

BENEFITS■ Large, unobstructed bore enhances

completion options■ Packer can be easily milled

FEATURES■ Rated to 15,000 psi [103.421 kPa] at

450 degF [232 degC] ■ Large alternate bore for increased flow■ Nonelastomeric sealing■ Full circle carbide or carburized slips ■ Tested in Q125 casing■ Slip-cone interface optimized for

higher loading■ Element design for maximum

extrusion resistance■ Components keyed for easy milling■ Optional bottom sub configuration

compatible with all completion accessories

The Millennium* HPHT packer is designed for high-pressure,high-volume production, injection, and disposal wells.

Main features■ Wireline- or hydraulic-set■ Permanent■ For use in HPHT wells

Packer designThe packer features carbide or carburized slips. Thepacker is rated to 15,000 psi [103.421 kPa] at 450 degF[232 degC]. The packer’s large alternate bore enhancescompletions options and allows for increased flow.The multicomponent element backup system providesmaximum extrusion resistance.

Setting operationThe Millennium HPHT packer is hydraulic- or wireline-set.An optional bottom sub configuration makes the packercompatible with completion accessories such as landingand seating profile nipples.

MillenniumHPHT packer

Millennium HPHT packer.

Millennium HPHT Packer SpecificationsCasing OD, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Alternate Bore, in [mm]

Lower Bore, in [mm]

Seal Assembly Size

Setting Tool Size

5 [127] 18–21.4 [26.79–31.85] 4.032 [102.41] 4.361 [110.77] 3.968 [100.79] 3 [76.2] 2.5 [63.5] 30–22 20

slb.com/packers*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0145

APPLICATIONS ■ Single-string production ■ Single-trip completions ■ Vertical, deviated, or horizontal wellbores ■ Production or injection wells with high or

low temperatures

ADVANTAGES ■ Slips located below the sealing element ■ Hydraulic-setting mechanism design

that eliminates tubing movementduring installation

■ Minimized debris buildup above slips ■ Reduced casing damage ■ Suitable for use in unsupported casing ■ Capable of running in deviated wells ■ Tensile and compressive ratings

compatible with completion tubulars ■ Able to connect directly to well tubing ■ Barrel-type slip design ■ Short packer body length ■ Premium connections available

The XHP premium production packer is a hydraulically set, retrievable packer for use in vertical and deviated wells.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in HPHT environments ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V0

High-pressure, high-temperature environmentsThe standard version of XHP packer is suitable for high-pressure, high-temperature environments. It is also qualified for low-temperature use in subsea injection wells.

Installation and retrievalThe XHP packer is installed with the completion tubing and is set by applying pressure to the tubing. Retrieval of the XHP is accomplished by means of a through-tubing intervention tool and subsequent upward pull on the tubing.

Design flexibility provides the following configuration options: ■ setting on control line ■ left-hand rotation disconnect ■ retrieval by intervention with a tubing cutter.

XHPPremium production packer

XHP premium production packer.

49

Page 45: Packers Catalog

XHP

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0113

slb.com/packers

XHP Premium Production Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.810 [147.6] 2.890 [73.4] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.750 [196.9] 46.1 [68.60] 6.440 [163.6] 2.750 [69.9] 425 [218] 10,000 [68,948]

7.625 [193.7] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.440 [163.6] 3.350 [85.1] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 4.660 [118.4] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

10.750 [273.1] 60.7–65.7 [90.33–97.77] 9.340 [237.2] 4.600 [116.8] 270 [132] 7,500 [51,711]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

50

Page 46: Packers Catalog

XHP

Other company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0113

slb.com/packers

XHP Premium Production Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.810 [147.6] 2.890 [73.4] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.750 [196.9] 46.1 [68.60] 6.440 [163.6] 2.750 [69.9] 425 [218] 10,000 [68,948]

7.625 [193.7] 33.7–39 [50.15–58.04] 6.440 [163.6] 3.350 [85.1] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 4.660 [118.4] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

10.750 [273.1] 60.7–65.7 [90.33–97.77] 9.340 [237.2] 4.600 [116.8] 270 [132] 7,500 [51,711]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Intelligent Completion Packers

51

Page 47: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Intelligent completions ■ Single-trip completions ■ Completions with multiple

production zones ■ Vertical or deviated wellbores

BENEFITS ■ Reduced development costs with

production from multiple zones ■ Reduced completion costs because of

economical feed-through packer platform ■ Reduced retrieval risk due to

prevention of debris buildup above slips ■ Reduced risk of misruns by

eliminating pipe movementduring installation

FEATURES ■ Flexible configurations that

facilitate varied completion designs ■ Communication with devices installed

below the packer enabled by five hydrauliccontrol lines or electrical conduits

■ Modular platform based on economicaland field-proven Schlumberger MRPmodular retrievable packer

■ Configuration options to suitmultiple applications: straightpull-to-release, cut-to-release,and isolation

■ Slips located below sealingelement

■ Hydraulic setting mechanism centrallylocated between element and slips

■ Configurations that can maintain premiumconnections throughout the tubing string

The MRP-MP packer series consists of tubing-conveyed, hydraulically set production and isolation packers designed for single or multizone completions. Each packer features a multiple-bypass configuration for hydraulic control line or electric conduit applications.

Main features ■ Hydraulically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in intelligent completions

Setting operationThe packer is set by applying tubing-to-annulus differential pressure. A closed flow control valve or valves, a ball seat, and a plug or other tubing-blanking device are required to set the packer. The retrieval method depends on the configuration chosen.

MRP-MPModular multiport packers

MRP-MP production packer.

MRP-MP isolation packer.

slb.com/packers

MRP-MP

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0250

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Straight Pull-to-Release) Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi† [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 29−32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] † Affected by shear-to-release setting.

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Isolation Packer)Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 3,000 [20,684]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 3,000 [20,684]

7.000 [177.8] 29−32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 3,000 [20,684]

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Straight Pull-to-Release Performance)Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 29−32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Cut-to-Release)Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

52

Page 48: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Intelligent completions■ Single-trip completions■ Completions with multiple

production zones■ Vertical or deviated wellbores

BENEFITS■ Reduced development costs with

production from multiple zones ■ Reduced completion costs because of

economical feed-through packer platform ■ Reduced retrieval risk due to

prevention of debris buildup above slips■ Reduced risk of misruns by

eliminating pipe movement during installation

FEATURES■ Flexible configurations that

facilitate varied completion designs■ Communication with devices installed

below the packer enabled by five hydraulic control lines or electrical conduits

■ Modular platform based on economical and field-proven Schlumberger MRP modular retrievable packer

■ Configuration options to suit multiple applications: straight pull-to-release, cut-to-release, and isolation

■ Slips located below sealing element

■ Hydraulic setting mechanism centrally located between element and slips

■ Configurations that can maintain premium connections throughout the tubing string

The MRP-MP packer series consists of tubing-conveyed, hydraulically set production and isolation packers designed for single or multizone completions. Each packer features a multiple-bypass configuration for hydraulic control line or electric conduit applications.

Main features■ Hydraulically set■ Retrievable■ For use in intelligent completions

Setting operationThe packer is set by applying tubing-to-annulus differential pressure. A closed flow control valve or valves, a ball seat, and a plug or other tubing-blanking device are required to set the packer. The retrieval method depends on the configuration chosen.

MRP-MPModular multiport packers

MRP-MP production packer.

MRP-MP isolation packer.

slb.com/packers

MRP-MP

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0250

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Straight Pull-to-Release) Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi† [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 29−32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]† Affected by shear-to-release setting.

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Isolation Packer)Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 3,000 [20,684]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 3,000 [20,684]

7.000 [177.8] 29−32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 3,000 [20,684]

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Straight Pull-to-Release Performance)Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 29−32 [43.16–47.62] 5.910 [150.1] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

MRP-MP Modular Multiport Packer Specifications (Cut-to-Release)Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID, in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 23−26 [34.23–38.69] 6.090 [154.7] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.922 [74.22] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

53

Page 49: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Intelligent completions ■ Normal and hostile environments

BENEFITS ■ Simplified operations reduce rig costs

FEATURES ■ Unique design for preset prevention ■ Enhanced capabilities for onsite

product customization ■ Simultaneous setting of multiple packers

for reduced rig time ■ Pressure-isolated multiple ports ■ Locking screws on the body joints ■ Packing element with integral

antiextrusion rings ■ Component parts rotationally locked to

the mandrel ■ Straight pickup release

The QUANTUM* MultiPort* gravel-pack multiport packer is used as the upper packer in stacked configurations in completions with surface-controlled subsurface flow-control valves and tubing-mounted reservoir monitoring equipment.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in intelligent completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V3

Connections and settingThe hydraulically set QUANTUM MultiPort packer features twin setting pistons that fully energize the sealing elements prior to anchoring the slips. This packer is designed to allow onsite feed-through and connection of electric and hydraulic conduits. Testing of control-line fittings on the packer is accomplished after feed-through. This feature greatly simplifies rig operations and reduces control line terminations. The packer features a one-piece mandrel design with an eccentric flow bore.

ReleaseBypass lines are fixed relative to the mandrel, eliminating relative movement during releasing. This design facilitates release regardless of the prevailing tubing load condition, i.e., tension or compression at the packer. The QUANTUM MultiPort packer allows simultaneous setting of multiple packers and is capable of simultaneous testing of bypass seals on the rig floor. Retrieval of the QUANTUM MultiPort packer is accomplished by means of a through-tubing intervention tool and subsequent upward pull on the tubing.

QUANTUM MultiPort packers are available for a variety of service applications, including H2S and CO2 environments.

QUANTUM MultiPort gravel-pack multiport packer.

QUANTUM MultiPortGravel-pack multiport packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0114 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM MultiPort Gravel-Pack Multiport Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing WeightRange, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.992 [152.2] 2.940 [74.7] 250 [121]

9.625 [244.5] 43.5–47 [64.74–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 2.940 [74.7] 250 [121]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.345 [212.0] 2.940 [74.7] 250 [121]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- and dual-zone completions ■ Single-trip completions ■ Intelligent completions

ADVANTAGES ■ Capable of surface test ■ For running in vertical, deviated, or

horizontal wellbores ■ No damage to the casing ■ Eliminated pipe movement by setting

mechanism design ■ Tensile and compressive ratings

compatible with completion tubulars ■ Short packer body length ■ Slip below the element protected

from debris ■ Barrel slip design suitable for

unsupported casing ■ Premium elastomers and metallurgy ■ Anti-preset and anti-reset mechanism ■ Centrally located hydraulic

setting mechanism ■ Retrievable design to eliminate damage

associated with milling ■ Multiple bypass ports for feed-through of

hydraulic and electric lines ■ Available in control line–set configurations

The XMP premium multiport production packer is a tubing-conveyed, hydraulic-set, retrievable packer designed for intelligent completions. It features a multiple-bypass configuration for hydraulic control line or electric conduit applications.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in intelligent completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V0

OperationThe XMP packer is installed with the completion tubing and is set by applying pressure to the tubing. Retrieval of the XMP packer is accomplished by means of a through-tubing intervention tool and subsequent upward pull on the tubing.

The flexible design of the XMP allows it to be ordered with several configuration options:

■ left-hand rotation disconnect ■ retrieval by intervention with a tubing cutter.

XMP premium multiport production packer.

XMPPremium multiport production packer

54

Page 50: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Intelligent completions ■ Normal and hostile environments

BENEFITS ■ Simplified operations reduce rig costs

FEATURES ■ Unique design for preset prevention ■ Enhanced capabilities for onsite

product customization ■ Simultaneous setting of multiple packers

for reduced rig time ■ Pressure-isolated multiple ports ■ Locking screws on the body joints ■ Packing element with integral

antiextrusion rings ■ Component parts rotationally locked to

the mandrel ■ Straight pickup release

The QUANTUM* MultiPort* gravel-pack multiport packer is used as the upper packer in stacked configurations in completions with surface-controlled subsurface flow-control valves and tubing-mounted reservoir monitoring equipment.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in intelligent completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V3

Connections and settingThe hydraulically set QUANTUM MultiPort packer features twin setting pistons that fully energize the sealing elements prior to anchoring the slips. This packer is designed to allow onsite feed-through and connection of electric and hydraulic conduits. Testing of control-line fittings on the packer is accomplished after feed-through. This feature greatly simplifies rig operations and reduces control line terminations. The packer features a one-piece mandrel design with an eccentric flow bore.

ReleaseBypass lines are fixed relative to the mandrel, eliminating relative movement during releasing. This design facilitates release regardless of the prevailing tubing load condition, i.e., tension or compression at the packer. The QUANTUM MultiPort packer allows simultaneous setting of multiple packers and is capable of simultaneous testing of bypass seals on the rig floor. Retrieval of the QUANTUM MultiPort packer is accomplished by means of a through-tubing intervention tool and subsequent upward pull on the tubing.

QUANTUM MultiPort packers are available for a variety of service applications, including H2S and CO2 environments.

QUANTUM MultiPort gravel-pack multiport packer.

QUANTUM MultiPortGravel-pack multiport packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0114 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM MultiPort Gravel-Pack Multiport Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing WeightRange, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.992 [152.2] 2.940 [74.7] 250 [121]

9.625 [244.5] 43.5–47 [64.74–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 2.940 [74.7] 250 [121]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.345 [212.0] 2.940 [74.7] 250 [121]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- and dual-zone completions ■ Single-trip completions ■ Intelligent completions

ADVANTAGES ■ Capable of surface test ■ For running in vertical, deviated, or

horizontal wellbores ■ No damage to the casing ■ Eliminated pipe movement by setting

mechanism design ■ Tensile and compressive ratings

compatible with completion tubulars ■ Short packer body length ■ Slip below the element protected

from debris ■ Barrel slip design suitable for

unsupported casing ■ Premium elastomers and metallurgy ■ Anti-preset and anti-reset mechanism ■ Centrally located hydraulic

setting mechanism ■ Retrievable design to eliminate damage

associated with milling ■ Multiple bypass ports for feed-through of

hydraulic and electric lines ■ Available in control line–set configurations

The XMP premium multiport production packer is a tubing-conveyed, hydraulic-set, retrievable packer designed for intelligent completions. It features a multiple-bypass configuration for hydraulic control line or electric conduit applications.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in intelligent completions ■ Designed and tested in accordance with ISO 14310 V0

OperationThe XMP packer is installed with the completion tubing and is set by applying pressure to the tubing. Retrieval of the XMP packer is accomplished by means of a through-tubing intervention tool and subsequent upward pull on the tubing.

The flexible design of the XMP allows it to be ordered with several configuration options:

■ left-hand rotation disconnect ■ retrieval by intervention with a tubing cutter.

XMP premium multiport production packer.

XMPPremium multiport production packer

55

Page 51: Packers Catalog

XMP

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0112

slb.com/packers

XMP Premium Multiport Production Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.880 [73.2] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.810 [147.6] 2.880 [73.2] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 4.600 [116.8] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

10.750 [273.1] 60.7–65.7 [90.33–97.77] 9.340 [237.2] 4.600 [116.8] 270 [132] 7,500 [51,711]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

56

Page 52: Packers Catalog

XMP

Other company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0112

slb.com/packers

XMP Premium Multiport Production Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 2.880 [73.2] 325 [163] 10,000 [68,948]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.810 [147.6] 2.880 [73.2] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 4.600 [116.8] 350 [177] 10,000 [68,948]

10.750 [273.1] 60.7–65.7 [90.33–97.77] 9.340 [237.2] 4.600 [116.8] 270 [132] 7,500 [51,711]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Sand Control Packers

57

Page 53: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Stand-alone screen applications ■ Production or drillstem testing ■ Single and multizone completions ■ Vertical, highly deviated, and horizontal

wellbores

BENEFITS ■ Large-bore design maximizes production ■ Improved performance parameters

increase reliability and reduce risk

FEATURES ■ Sealbore retrievable packer ■ Hydraulic setting with various QUANTUM*

service tools ■ Element selection that includes

hydrogenated nitrile butadiene rubber(HNBR), Viton®, and Aflas®

■ Torque-through feature that allowsrotation

■ Conformance to NACE standard MR0175

The QUANTUM gravel-pack packer is specifically designed to increase reliability and improve all aspects of sand control operations. The rugged QUANTUM packer is the core component of the QUANTUM gravel-pack completion system, which is specifically designed for single-trip production gravel packing in vertical, deviated, and horizontal wells.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in gravel-pack completions and sand

management

Configurations and operationThe QUANTUM packer is available in standard and large-bore configurations, allowing seal assembly IDs to match production tubing IDs. The large-bore design allows for multiple completions in which the lower production tubing must pass through an upper packer assembly without damaging the sealbores. All operations are completed with pressure and vertical movement and do not require rotation.

Retrieval and millingQUANTUM packers are designed to be retrieved with straight pull or to be milled if necessary. These packers can be set on wireline and retrieved using an internal retrieving tool. They feature one-piece self-energizing packing elements and one-piece bidirectional slips that reduce the risk of loss during retrieval or milling. The slips are located below the packing element for maximum protection from debris fouling.

Meeting standardsThe QUANTUM packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE standard MR0175 for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

The QUANTUM packer can be set by a variety of QUANTUM services tools, including the Type 3, the cased hole gravel- and frac-pack tools, and various wireline-setting tools.

QUANTUMGravel-pack packer

QUANTUM gravel-pack packer.

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0126

QUANTUM

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Gravel-Pack Packer SpecificationsCasing Packer

Size, in [mm]

Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Sealbore, in [mm]

Max. Differential Pressure, psi [kPa]

5.000 [127.0]11.5–15 [17.11–22.32] 4.250 [108.0]

2.688 [68.1]6,000 [41,370]18–21.4 [26.79–31.85] 3.969 [100.8]

5.500 [139.7] 13–20 [19.35–29.76] 4.625 [117.5] 3.000 [76.2]

7.000 [177.8]

23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.083 [154.5]

4.000 [101.6]

6,000 [41,370]

26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.997 [152.3]32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.817 [147.8]38 [56.55] 5.760 [146.3]

7.625 [193.68]

24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.677 [169.3]

4.000 [101.6]29.7–33.7 [44.20–50.15] 6.598 [167.6]39 [58.04] 6.458 [164.0]

9.625 [244.5]

29.3–36 [43.60–53.57] 8.609 [218.7] 6.000 [152.4]40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 4.750 [120.7]

6.000 [152.4]47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.335 [211.7] 4.750 [120.7]

6.000 [152.4]

58

Page 54: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Stand-alone screen applications ■ Production or drillstem testing ■ Single and multizone completions ■ Vertical, highly deviated, and horizontal

wellbores

BENEFITS■ Large-bore design maximizes production■ Improved performance parameters

increase reliability and reduce risk

FEATURES■ Sealbore retrievable packer ■ Hydraulic setting with various QUANTUM*

service tools ■ Element selection that includes

hydrogenated nitrile butadiene rubber (HNBR), Viton®, and Aflas®

■ Torque-through feature that allows rotation

■ Conformance to NACE standard MR0175

The QUANTUM gravel-pack packer is specificallydesigned to increase reliability and improve allaspects of sand control operations. The ruggedQUANTUM packer is the core component ofthe QUANTUM gravel-pack completion system,which is specifically designed for single-tripproduction gravel packing in vertical, deviated, andhorizontal wells.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in gravel-pack completions and sand

management

Configurations and operationThe QUANTUM packer is available in standard and large-bore configurations, allowing seal assembly IDs to match production tubing IDs. The large-bore design allows for multiple completions in which the lower production tubing must pass through an upper packerassembly without damaging the sealbores. All operations are completed with pressure and vertical movement and do not require rotation.

Retrieval and millingQUANTUM packers are designed to be retrieved with straight pull or to be milled if necessary. These packers can be set on wireline and retrieved using an internal retrieving tool. They feature one-piece self-energizing packing elements and one-piece bidirectional slips that reduce the risk of loss during retrieval or milling. The slips are located below the packing element for maximum protection from debris fouling.

Meeting standardsThe QUANTUM packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE standard MR0175 for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

The QUANTUM packer can be set by a variety of QUANTUM services tools, including the Type 3, the cased hole gravel- and frac-pack tools, and various wireline-setting tools.

QUANTUMGravel-pack packer

QUANTUM gravel-pack packer.

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0126

QUANTUM

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Gravel-Pack Packer SpecificationsCasing Packer

Size, in [mm]

Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Sealbore, in [mm]

Max. Differential Pressure, psi [kPa]

5.000 [127.0]11.5–15 [17.11–22.32] 4.250 [108.0]

2.688 [68.1]6,000 [41,370]18–21.4 [26.79–31.85] 3.969 [100.8]

5.500 [139.7] 13–20 [19.35–29.76] 4.625 [117.5] 3.000 [76.2]

7.000 [177.8]

23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.083 [154.5]

4.000 [101.6]

6,000 [41,370]

26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.997 [152.3]32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.817 [147.8]38 [56.55] 5.760 [146.3]

7.625 [193.68]

24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.677 [169.3]

4.000 [101.6]29.7–33.7 [44.20–50.15] 6.598 [167.6]39 [58.04] 6.458 [164.0]

9.625 [244.5]

29.3–36 [43.60–53.57] 8.609 [218.7] 6.000 [152.4]40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 4.750 [120.7]

6.000 [152.4]47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.335 [211.7] 4.750 [120.7]

6.000 [152.4]

59

Page 55: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Cased hole gravel packs and frac packs ■ Openhole gravel packs ■ Stand-alone screen applications ■ Production or drillstem testing packer ■ Single and multizone completions ■ Vertical, highly deviated, and

horizontal wellbores

BENEFITS ■ Large-bore design maximizes production ■ Improved performance parameters

increase reliability and reduce risk

FEATURES ■ Sealbore retrievable packer ■ Hydraulic setting with various QUANTUM

MAX* service tools ■ Barrel-slip design that distributes tensile

and compressive loading on casing ■ X-series hydrogenated nitrile butadiene

rubber (HNBR) or Aflas® element, with high flow-by capability

■ Torque-through feature that allows rotation

The QUANTUM MAX HPHT gravel- and frac-pack packer is the latest generation of Schlumberger sealbore retrievable packers. The QUANTUM MAX packer is the core component of the high-pressure, high-temperature (HPHT) gravel-pack system and is suitable for STIMPAC* fracturing and gravel-packing service treatments. It can also be used as a stand-alone production or drillstem test (DST) packer.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in HPHT gravel- and frac-pack application ■ ISO 14310 V3 qualified

Qualifications and certificationsAll QUANTUM MAX packers are ISO 14310 V3 qualified. Various sizes and configurations have been further qualified in excess of ISO 14310 V0 standards. Various metallurgies are available for various downhole conditions and differential pressure requirements. The QUANTUM MAX packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE standard MR0175 for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

Barrel slip designThe QUANTUM MAX packer uses a barrel slip design, permitting high tensile and compressive loading without deformation to the casing. The one-piece X-series elements withstand differential pressures at both high and low temperatures. The element design also permits high run-in-hole speeds and circulations rates without concern for swab setting of the packer. Elements are available in HNBR and Aflas materials.

Multiple sizesAvailable in a variety of common oilfield casing sizes, the QUANTUM MAX large-bore design facilitates multiple completions and maximizes productivity. All components within the packer are rotationally locked, permitting rotation while running in hole. The QUANTUM MAX packer can be retrieved via the QUANTUM MAX retrieving tool. If required, it can be milled.

The QUANTUM MAX packer can be set by a variety of QUANTUM MAX services tools, including the Type 3, the cased hole gravel- and frac-pack tools, and openhole antiswab tools.

QUANTUM MAX HPHT gravel- and frac-pack packer.

QUANTUM MAXHPHT gravel- and frac-pack packer

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM MAX

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0127

QUANTUM MAX HPHT Gravel- and Frac-Pack Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature,† degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating,† psi [kPa]

5.000 [127.0] 18 [26.79] 4.106 [104.3] 2.688 [68.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.000 [127.0] 21.4 [31.85] 3.956 [100.5] 2.688 [68.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.722 [119.9] 3.000 [76.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.500 [139.7] 20 [29.76] 4.608 [117.0] 3.000 [76.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.500 [139.7] 23 [34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 3.000 [76.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.000 [177.8] 32−35 [47.62–52.09] 5.810 [147.6] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.625 [193.7] 26.4−29.7 [39.29–44.20] 6.690 [169.9] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.625‡ [193.7] 33.7−39 [50.15–58.04] 6.440 [163.6] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 12,500 [86.184]

9.625 [244.5] 47−53.5 [69.94–XX] 8.300 [210.8] 4.750 [120.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

9.625§ [244.5] 53.5 [79.62] 8.430 [214.1] 5.650 [143.5] 350 [177] 15,000 [103.421]

9.625 [244.5] 43.5–47 [64.74–69.94] 8.442 [214.4] 6.000 [152.5] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

9.625 [244.5] 53.5 [79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 6.000 [152.5] 350 [177] 10.000 [68.948]

10.750 [273.1] 60.7−65.7 [90.33–97.77] 9.340 [237.2] 6.000 [152.5] 250 [121] 10,000 [68.948]† Additional temperature and pressure ratings available on request.‡ Including 73⁄4-in, 46.1 ppf casing§ Including heavy-weight 97⁄8-in, 10-in, and 101⁄8-in casing with 81⁄2-in drift.

60

Page 56: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Cased hole gravel packs and frac packs■ Openhole gravel packs■ Stand-alone screen applications■ Production or drillstem testing packer■ Single and multizone completions■ Vertical, highly deviated, and

horizontal wellbores

BENEFITS ■ Large-bore design maximizes production■ Improved performance parameters

increase reliability and reduce risk

FEATURES■ Sealbore retrievable packer■ Hydraulic setting with various QUANTUM

MAX* service tools■ Barrel-slip design that distributes tensile

and compressive loading on casing■ X-series hydrogenated nitrile butadiene

rubber (HNBR) or Aflas® element, with high flow-by capability

■ Torque-through feature that allows rotation

The QUANTUM MAX HPHT gravel- and frac-pack packer is the latest generation of Schlumberger sealbore retrievable packers. The QUANTUM MAX packer is the core component of the high-pressure, high-temperature (HPHT) gravel-pack system and is suitable for STIMPAC* fracturing and gravel-packing service treatments. It can also be used as a stand-alone production or drillstem test (DST) packer.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in HPHT gravel- and frac-pack application■ ISO 14310 V3 qualified

Qualifications and certificationsAll QUANTUM MAX packers are ISO 14310 V3 qualified. Various sizes and configurations have been further qualified in excess of ISO 14310 V0 standards. Various metallurgies are available for various downhole conditions and differential pressure requirements. The QUANTUM MAX packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE standard MR0175 for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

Barrel slip designThe QUANTUM MAX packer uses a barrel slip design, permitting high tensile and compressive loading without deformation to the casing. The one-piece X-series elements withstand differential pressures at both high and low temperatures. The element design also permits high run-in-hole speeds and circulations rates without concern for swab setting of the packer. Elements are available in HNBR and Aflas materials.

Multiple sizesAvailable in a variety of common oilfield casing sizes, the QUANTUM MAX large-bore design facilitates multiple completions and maximizes productivity. All components within the packer are rotationally locked, permitting rotation while running in hole. The QUANTUM MAX packer can be retrieved via the QUANTUM MAX retrieving tool. If required, it can be milled.

The QUANTUM MAX packer can be set by a variety of QUANTUM MAX services tools, including the Type 3, the cased hole gravel- and frac-pack tools, and openhole antiswab tools.

QUANTUM MAX HPHT gravel- and frac-pack packer.

QUANTUM MAXHPHT gravel- and frac-pack packer

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM MAX

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0127

QUANTUM MAX HPHT Gravel- and Frac-Pack Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature,† degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating,† psi [kPa]

5.000 [127.0] 18 [26.79] 4.106 [104.3] 2.688 [68.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.000 [127.0] 21.4 [31.85] 3.956 [100.5] 2.688 [68.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.722 [119.9] 3.000 [76.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.500 [139.7] 20 [29.76] 4.608 [117.0] 3.000 [76.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

5.500 [139.7] 23 [34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 3.000 [76.3] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.000 [177.8] 26−29 [38.69–43.16] 6.000 [152.4] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.000 [177.8] 32−35 [47.62–52.09] 5.810 [147.6] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.625 [193.7] 26.4−29.7 [39.29–44.20] 6.690 [169.9] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

7.625‡ [193.7] 33.7−39 [50.15–58.04] 6.440 [163.6] 4.000 [101.7] 350 [177] 12,500 [86.184]

9.625 [244.5] 47−53.5 [69.94–XX] 8.300 [210.8] 4.750 [120.7] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

9.625§ [244.5] 53.5 [79.62] 8.430 [214.1] 5.650 [143.5] 350 [177] 15,000 [103.421]

9.625 [244.5] 43.5–47 [64.74–69.94] 8.442 [214.4] 6.000 [152.5] 350 [177] 10,000 [68.948]

9.625 [244.5] 53.5 [79.62] 8.300 [210.8] 6.000 [152.5] 350 [177] 10.000 [68.948]

10.750 [273.1] 60.7−65.7 [90.33–97.77] 9.340 [237.2] 6.000 [152.5] 250 [121] 10,000 [68.948]† Additional temperature and pressure ratings available on request.‡ Including 73⁄4-in, 46.1 ppf casing§ Including heavy-weight 97⁄8-in, 10-in, and 101⁄8-in casing with 81⁄2-in drift.

61

Page 57: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Deviated wells ■ Single-trip systems ■ Production or isolation wells requiring a

sealbore packer ■ Gravel-pack operations requiring

a sealbore packer

ADVANTAGES ■ Hydraulically set ■ Interlocked packer and hydraulic locator ■ Compatible with QUANTUM* packer

system accessories ■ Easy running and setting with

production string ■ Minimal disengagement while running

and setting

The QUANTUM HS gravel-pack sealbore packer is set with tubing pressure and released from a specially designed seal assembly with annular pressure. The top connection and internal profile are identical to the QUANTUM packer, allow ing compatibility with all QUANTUM accessories. QUANTUM HS packers may be run and set with the hydraulic-release anchor seal assembly or the QUANTUM anchor seal assembly. The hydraulic-releasing anchor is a seal assembly equipped with an external hydraulic release and does not require rotational operations. A QUANTUM retrieving tool is used to retrieve the packer.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in gravel-pack completions

Design and componentsThese packers feature single, one-piece, bidirectional slips and standard packing elements and seals; in emergencies, they are millable using conventional packer milling tools.

The QUANTUM HS packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM HSGravel-pack sealbore packer

QUANTUM HS gravel-pack sealbore packer. *Mark of Schlumberger

Other company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0128

QUANTUM HS

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM HS Gravel-Pack Sealbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.997 [152.3] 3.958 [100.5] 350 [177] 6,000 [41,369]

7.625 [193.7] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.687 [169.8] 4.003 [101.7] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369]

7.625 [193.7] 29.7–33.7 [44.20–50.15] 6.608 [167.8] 4.003 [101.7] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369]

7.625 [193.7] 39 [58.04] 6.468 [164.3] 4.003 [101.7] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.320 [211.3] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

62

Page 58: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Deviated wells ■ Single-trip systems ■ Production or isolation wells requiring a

sealbore packer ■ Gravel-pack operations requiring

a sealbore packer

ADVANTAGES ■ Hydraulically set ■ Interlocked packer and hydraulic locator ■ Compatible with QUANTUM* packer

system accessories ■ Easy running and setting with

production string ■ Minimal disengagement while running

and setting

The QUANTUM HS gravel-pack sealbore packer is set with tubing pressure and released from a specially designed seal assembly with annular pressure. The top connection and internal profile are identical to the QUANTUM packer, allow ing compatibility with all QUANTUM accessories. QUANTUM HS packers may be run and set with the hydraulic-release anchor seal assembly or the QUANTUM anchor seal assembly. The hydraulic-releasing anchor is a seal assembly equipped with an external hydraulic release and does not require rotational operations. A QUANTUM retrieving tool is used to retrieve the packer.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in gravel-pack completions

Design and componentsThese packers feature single, one-piece, bidirectional slips and standard packing elements and seals; in emergencies, they are millable using conventional packer milling tools.

The QUANTUM HS packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM HSGravel-pack sealbore packer

QUANTUM HS gravel-pack sealbore packer. *Mark of Schlumberger

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0128

QUANTUM HS

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM HS Gravel-Pack Sealbore Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.997 [152.3] 3.958 [100.5] 350 [177] 6,000 [41,369]

7.625 [193.7] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.687 [169.8] 4.003 [101.7] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369]

7.625 [193.7] 29.7–33.7 [44.20–50.15] 6.608 [167.8] 4.003 [101.7] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369]

7.625 [193.7] 39 [58.04] 6.468 [164.3] 4.003 [101.7] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.320 [211.3] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

63

Page 59: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Dual-bore completions ■ Gravel-pack completions ■ High-rate production wells requiring

a production packer

BENEFITS ■ Design is compatible with QUANTUM*

packer system ■ Design eliminates tubing rotation

FEATURES ■ Large sealbore ■ Hydraulic setting ■ Bidirectional slips below sealing

element for maximum protection fromdebris fouling

■ Conformance to NACE MR0175 standards

The QUANTUM HSB gravel-pack dual-bore and sealbore packer’s seal assembly combines with the large bore of the packer to allow a full tubing ID. This packer is ideally suited for multiple completion options or zones, including single-selective and dual completions. Single-completion configurations benefit from the packer’s large internal diameter, which is essential for high-rate production applications.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in gravel-pack completions

Setting operationThis retrievable packer is hydraulically set. No tubing rotation is required to fully set the packer. It has a one-piece, self-energizing packing element and features bidirectional slips below the packing element for maximum protection from debris fouling. This location protects the slips from being lost during retrieval or milling.

ConfigurationThe QUANTUM HSB stepbore packer is available in a variety of configurations, including sealbore lengths up to 20.0 ft [6.10 m]. It is compatible with QUANTUM packer accessories, including gravel-pack service tools, seal assemblies, and QUANTUM packer retrieving tools.

The QUANTUM HSB packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM HSBGravel-pack dual-bore and sealbore packer

QUANTUM HSB gravel-pack dual-bore and sealbore packer.

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0129

QUANTUM HSB

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM HSB Gravel-Pack Dual-Bore and Sealbore Packer Specifications

Casing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Upper Sealbore Nominal ID,in [mm]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.083 [154.5] 3.948 [100.3] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369] 4.750 [120.7]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.997 [152.3] 3.948 [100.3] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369] 4.750 [120.7]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369] 7.125 [181.0]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.328 [211.5] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] 7.125 [181.0] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

64

Page 60: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Dual-bore completions ■ Gravel-pack completions ■ High-rate production wells requiring

a production packer

BENEFITS ■ Design is compatible with QUANTUM*

packer system ■ Design eliminates tubing rotation

FEATURES ■ Large sealbore ■ Hydraulic setting ■ Bidirectional slips below sealing

element for maximum protection from debris fouling

■ Conformance to NACE MR0175 standards

The QUANTUM HSB gravel-pack dual-bore and sealbore packer’s seal assembly combines with the large bore of the packer to allow a full tubing ID. This packer is ideally suited for multiple completion options or zones, including single-selective and dual completions. Single-completion configurations benefit from the packer’s large internal diameter, which is essential for high-rate production applications.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in gravel-pack completions

Setting operationThis retrievable packer is hydraulically set. No tubing rotation is required to fully set the packer. It has a one-piece, self-energizing packing element and features bidirectional slips below the packing element for maximum protection from debris fouling. This location protects the slips from being lost during retrieval or milling.

ConfigurationThe QUANTUM HSB stepbore packer is available in a variety of configurations, including sealbore lengths up to 20.0 ft [6.10 m]. It is compatible with QUANTUM packer accessories, including gravel-pack service tools, seal assemblies, and QUANTUM packer retrieving tools.

The QUANTUM HSB packer’s flow-wetted components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM HSBGravel-pack dual-bore and sealbore packer

QUANTUM HSB gravel-pack dual-bore and sealbore packer.

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0129

QUANTUM HSB

slb.com/packers

QUANTUM HSB Gravel-Pack Dual-Bore and Sealbore Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

Differential Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Upper Sealbore Nominal ID,in [mm]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.083 [154.5] 3.948 [100.3] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369] 4.750 [120.7]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.997 [152.3] 3.948 [100.3] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369] 4.750 [120.7]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.445 [214.5] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 6,000 [41,369] 7.125 [181.0]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.328 [211.5] 6.003 [152.5] 250 [121] 5,000 [34,474] 7.125 [181.0] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

65

Page 61: Packers Catalog

66

Page 62: Packers Catalog

Service Packers

67

Page 63: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production completions ■ Well-treating operations

ADVANTAGES ■ Simple setting and releasing

procedure ■ Case-hardened friction blocks with

INCONEL® springs ■ Fullbore mandrel ■ Right-hand rotation emergency release ■ Field-proven design ■ Field-adjustable safety release ■ Emergency disconnect for

secure operations

The CA-3 compression packer is generally used in production or treating applications. The simplicity and rugged design of this packer yield an extremely reliable product.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting and operation The CA-3 packer is run to setting depth, making the last tubing movement upward. Right-hand torque is applied to the tubing. While right-hand torque is applied, the tubing is lowered and the appropriate amount of set-down weight is applied to the packer.

The CA-3 packer is released by simply picking up on the tubing. This operation will position the packer in the running position, and the CA-3 packer can be either retrieved or moved and reset.

The CA-3 packer features a right-hand release safety joint for emergency disconnect.

CA-3Compression packer

CA-3 compression packer.

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0125

CA-3

slb.com/packers

CA-3 Compression Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

7.000 [177.8] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.437 [214.3] 3.958 [100.5] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

68

Page 64: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Production completions■ Well-treating operations

ADVANTAGES ■ Simple setting and releasing

procedure■ Case-hardened friction blocks with

INCONEL® springs■ Fullbore mandrel■ Right-hand rotation emergency release■ Field-proven design■ Field-adjustable safety release■ Emergency disconnect for

secure operations

The CA-3 compression packer is generally used in production or treating applications. The simplicity and rugged design of this packer yield an extremely reliable product.

Main features■ Mechanically set■ Retrievable■ For use in conventional completions

Setting and operationThe CA-3 packer is run to setting depth, making the last tubing movement upward. Right-hand torque is applied to the tubing. While right-hand torque is applied, the tubing is lowered and the appropriate amount of set-down weight is applied to the packer.

The CA-3 packer is released by simply picking up on the tubing. This operation will position the packer in the running position, and the CA-3 packer can be either retrieved or moved and reset.

The CA-3 packer features a right-hand release safety joint for emergency disconnect.

CA-3Compression packer

CA-3 compression packer.

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0125

CA-3

slb.com/packers

CA-3 Compression Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

7.000 [177.8] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.437 [214.3] 3.958 [100.5] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

69

Page 65: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Squeeze cementing ■ Acidizing ■ Formation fracturing ■ Testing operations

BENEFITS ■ Operational efficiency reduces rig time

FEATURES ■ Reliable, three-piece, dual-durometer

sealing element and a large internalbypass result in dependable,trouble-free operation

■ Reversing piston keeps bypass closed athigh tubing pressures

■ Field-proven design

The Omegamatic* service packer has an internal reversing piston to help keep the bypass system closed at high tubing pressures. It uses piston-type hold-down buttons, a three-piece dual-durometer sealing element system, and a large internal bypass for reliable, trouble-free performance.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in squeeze cementing, acidizing, fracturing, and

testing applications

Holding pressureThe Omegamatic packer holds pressure from above and below the packer. Its lower slips are set against a lower cone and drag block housing, and the hold-down buttons are hydraulically actuated when pressure below the packer exceeds pressure above the packer.

Designed for simple, trouble-free operations, the rugged Omegamatic packer is available with either manual or automatic jays. It can be set with either a right or a left quarter-turn rotation and applied tubing weight.

OmegamaticService packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0120 slb.com/packers

Omegamatic Service Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft[kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.771 [95.8] 1.938 [49.2] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.4] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.641 [117.9] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.750 [146.1] 16.1–20.4 [23.96–30.36] 4.906 [124.6] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.750 [146.1] 20.4–24.6 [30.36–36.61] 4.781 [121.4] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.630 [143.0] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 28–32 [41.67–47.62] 5.489 [139.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.968 [151.6] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.817 [147.8] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.441 [214.4] 3.958 [100.5] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.223 [208.9] 3.958 [100.5] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Omegamatic service packer.

APPLICATIONS■ Completions with restricted or no tubing

rotation ■ Challenging environments ■ Squeeze cementing, acidizing, formation

fracturing, or testing operations

BENEFITS■ Operational efficiency reduces rig time■ Packer design allows setting without

rotation for reliable operations indeviated wells

FEATURES■ Reliable three-piece, dual-durometer

sealing element and a large internal bypass for dependable, trouble-free operation

■ Reversing piston to keep bypass closed at high tubing pressures

■ Field-proven design

The Omegamatic Long-Stroke* nonrotational squeeze packer is used for squeeze cementing, acidizing, formation fracturing, or testing. It is suitable for any application where tubing rotation is restricted or not possible.

Main features■ Mechanically set■ Retrievable■ For use in squeeze cementing, acidizing, fracturing, and

testing applications

Three-piece sealing elementBased on the field-proven Omegamatic* packer design, Omegamatic Long-Stroke packers hold pressure from above and below the packer. They feature piston-type hold-down buttons, a three-piece sealing element, and a large internal bypass for reliable and trouble-free performance. Omegamatic Long-Stroke packers have a reversing piston to keep the bypass closed at high tubing pressures, and they are available with standard or optional carbide insert slips and hold-down buttons.

The Omegamatic Long-Stroke packer’s lower slips are set against a lower cone and drag block housing, and the hold-down buttons are set by hydraulic actuation when pressure below the packer exceeds pressure above the packer.

Setting and releaseOmegamatic Long-Stroke packers utilize a continuous jay with an extended stroke and only require up or down reciprocation of the tubing to set and release the packer. This allows the packer to be set and released to the retrieving position without tubing rotation. The extended stroke also allows the packer to be released, circulated around, and reset in the same position without leaving the setting position of the jay.

Omegamatic Long-Stroke packers are available in various casing sizes and with or with out hold-down buttons.

Omegamatic Long-StrokeNonrotational squeeze packer

Omegamatic Long-Stroke packer.

Omegamatic Long-Stroke Nonrotational Squeeze Packer Specifications

Casing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

5.000 [127.0] 11.5–18 [1.59–2.49] 4.125 [104.8] 1.250 [31.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 13–15.5 [1.80–2.14] 4.781 [121.4] 1.500 [38.1] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [3.18–3.59] 6.078 [154.4] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [3.59–4.01] 5.968 [151.6] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135]

7.625 [193.7] 24–29.7 [3.32–4.11] 6.672 [169.5] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [6.50–7.40] 8.223 [208.9] 3.000 [76.2] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0122 slb.com/packers

70

Page 66: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Squeeze cementing■ Acidizing■ Formation fracturing■ Testing operations

BENEFITS■ Operational efficiency reduces rig time

FEATURES■ Reliable, three-piece, dual-durometer

sealing element and a large internal bypass result in dependable, trouble-free operation

■ Reversing piston keeps bypass closed at high tubing pressures

■ Field-proven design

The Omegamatic* service packer has an internal reversing piston to help keep the bypass system closed at high tubing pressures. It uses piston-type hold-down buttons, a three-piece dual-durometer sealing element system, and a large internal bypass for reliable, trouble-free performance.

Main features■ Mechanically set■ Retrievable■ For use in squeeze cementing, acidizing, fracturing, and

testing applications

Holding pressureThe Omegamatic packer holds pressure from above and below the packer. Its lower slips are set against a lower cone and drag block housing, and the hold-down buttons are hydraulically actuated when pressure below the packer exceeds pressure above the packer.

Designed for simple, trouble-free operations, the rugged Omegamatic packer is available with either manual or automatic jays. It can be set with either a right or a left quarter-turn rotation and applied tubing weight.

OmegamaticService packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0120 slb.com/packers

Omegamatic Service Packer Specifications

Casing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft[kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.771 [95.8] 1.938 [49.2] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.781 [121.4] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.641 [117.9] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.500 [114.3] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.750 [146.1] 16.1–20.4 [23.96–30.36] 4.906 [124.6] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.750 [146.1] 20.4–24.6 [30.36–36.61] 4.781 [121.4] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.630 [143.0] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

6.625 [168.3] 28–32 [41.67–47.62] 5.489 [139.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.968 [151.6] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.817 [147.8] 2.441 [62.0] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.441 [214.4] 3.958 [100.5] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.223 [208.9] 3.958 [100.5] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

Omegamaticservice packer.

APPLICATIONS ■ Completions with restricted or no tubing

rotation ■ Challenging environments ■ Squeeze cementing, acidizing, formation

fracturing, or testing operations

BENEFITS ■ Operational efficiency reduces rig time ■ Packer design allows setting without

rotation for reliable operations indeviated wells

FEATURES ■ Reliable three-piece, dual-durometer

sealing element and a largeinternal bypass for dependable,trouble-free operation

■ Reversing piston to keep bypass closed athigh tubing pressures

■ Field-proven design

The Omegamatic Long-Stroke* nonrotational squeeze packer is used for squeeze cementing, acidizing, formation fracturing, or testing. It is suitable for any application where tubing rotation is restricted or not possible.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in squeeze cementing, acidizing, fracturing, and

testing applications

Three-piece sealing elementBased on the field-proven Omegamatic* packer design, Omegamatic Long-Stroke packers hold pressure from above and below the packer. They feature piston-type hold-down buttons, a three-piece sealing element, and a large internal bypass for reliable and trouble-free performance. Omegamatic Long-Stroke packers have a reversing piston to keep the bypass closed at high tubing pressures, and they are available with standard or optional carbide insert slips and hold-down buttons.

The Omegamatic Long-Stroke packer’s lower slips are set against a lower cone and drag block housing, and the hold-down buttons are set by hydraulic actuation when pressure below the packer exceeds pressure above the packer.

Setting and release Omegamatic Long-Stroke packers utilize a continuous jay with an extended stroke and only require up or down reciprocation of the tubing to set and release the packer. This allows the packer to be set and released to the retrieving position without tubing rotation. The extended stroke also allows the packer to be released, circulated around, and reset in the same position without leaving the setting position of the jay.

Omegamatic Long-Stroke packers are available in various casing sizes and with or with out hold-down buttons.

Omegamatic Long-StrokeNonrotational squeeze packer

Omegamatic Long-Stroke packer.

Omegamatic Long-Stroke Nonrotational Squeeze Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

5.000 [127.0] 11.5–18 [1.59–2.49] 4.125 [104.8] 1.250 [31.8] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 13–15.5 [1.80–2.14] 4.781 [121.4] 1.500 [38.1] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [3.18–3.59] 6.078 [154.4] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [3.59–4.01] 5.968 [151.6] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135]

7.625 [193.7] 24–29.7 [3.32–4.11] 6.672 [169.5] 2.250 [57.2] 275 [135]

9.625 [244.5] 47–53.5 [6.50–7.40] 8.223 [208.9] 3.000 [76.2] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0122 slb.com/packers

71

Page 67: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production completions and

well-treating operations

ADVANTAGES ■ Simple setting and releasing procedure ■ Case-hardened friction blocks with

INCONEL® springs ■ Fullbore mandrel ■ Secondary rotational release ■ Field-proven design ■ Field-adjustable secondary rotational release ■ Tubing able to be left in tension,

compression, or neutral condition ■ Pressure equalization before unsetting

the slips

The SA-3 tension packer is generally used in injection applications or where thermal shrinkage of the tubing is expected, such as treating operations. Since the SA-3 is a tension-set packer, it is also ideally suited for shallow wells where tubing pressure is likely to exceed annulus pressure.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operation The SA-3 packer is run to setting depth, making the last tubing movement downward. Right-hand torque is applied to the tubing. While right-hand torque is applied, the tubing is picked up and the appropriate amount of tension is applied to the packer.

Release operation The SA-3 packer is released by applying left-hand torque to the tubing while lowering the tubing. This operation will position the packer in the running position, and the SA-3 packer can either be retrieved or moved and reset.

The SA-3 packer incorporates an adjustable shear release. Pulling with a predetermined amount of tension will shear a set of screws to release the compression on the sealing element and slips so the packer can be retrieved. If required, the packer may be converted to a nonshear version.

SA-3Tension packer

SA-3 tension packer.

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0124

SA-3

slb.com/packers

SA-3 Tension Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.765 [95.6] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.656 [118.3] 2.437 [61.9] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.437 [61.9] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

72

Page 68: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Production completions and

well-treating operations

ADVANTAGES■ Simple setting and releasing procedure■ Case-hardened friction blocks with

INCONEL® springs■ Fullbore mandrel■ Secondary rotational release■ Field-proven design■ Field-adjustable secondary rotational release■ Tubing able to be left in tension,

compression, or neutral condition■ Pressure equalization before unsetting

the slips

The SA-3 tension packer is generally used in injection applications or where thermal shrinkage of the tubing is expected, such as treating operations. Since the SA-3 is a tension-set packer, it is also ideally suited for shallow wells where tubing pressure is likely to exceed annulus pressure.

Main features■ Mechanically set■ Retrievable■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operation The SA-3 packer is run to setting depth, making the last tubing movement downward. Right-hand torque is applied to the tubing. While right-hand torque is applied, the tubing is picked up and the appropriate amount of tension is applied to the packer.

Release operation The SA-3 packer is released by applying left-hand torque to the tubing while lowering the tubing. This operation will position the packer in the running position, and the SA-3 packer can either be retrieved or moved and reset.

The SA-3 packer incorporates an adjustable shear release. Pulling with a predetermined amount of tension will shear a set of screws to release the compression on the sealing element and slips so the packer can be retrieved. If required, the packer may be converted to a nonshear version.

SA-3Tension packer

SA-3 tension packer.

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0124

SA-3

slb.com/packers

SA-3 Tension Packer SpecificationsCasing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.765 [95.6] 1.995 [50.7] 275 [135]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.656 [118.3] 2.437 [61.9] 275 [135]

7.000 [177.8] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.078 [154.4] 2.437 [61.9] 275 [135]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

73

Page 69: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production completions ■ Well-treating operations

ADVANTAGES ■ Simple setting and releasing procedure ■ Case-hardened friction blocks with

INCONEL® springs ■ Fullbore mandrel ■ Secondary rotational release ■ Field-proven design ■ Field-adjustable secondary rotational release ■ Tubing able to be left in tension,

compression, or neutral ■ Pressure equalization before unsetting

the slips

The SOT-1 conventional service packer is used for production completions and well-treating operations. Once set, the SOT-1 packer will remain set and packed off regardless of tubing forces and pressure differentials. This packer can be used in zone isolation, production, or injection applications. The simplicity and rugged design yield an extremely reliable freestanding packer.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operation The SOT-1 packer design allows the packer to be run to depth, set with minimal weight, then fully packed off with tubing tension. These design features allow the SOT-1 to be run at much shallower depths than most compression-set, double-grip packers. This packer also features a built-in fluid bypass system for equalizing pressure across the sealing element during the release procedure.

The packer is run to setting depth and, with the last movement upward, right-hand torque is applied to the tubing. While right-hand torque is applied, the tubing is lowered until the weight indicator shows a reduction in tubing weight. Torque is then released, and the required amount of tubing weight is added to the packer. An upstrain is then placed on the tubing, and the recommended tension is applied to fully set the slips and pack off the sealing element.

After the setting procedure has been completed, the tubing string may be landed in tension, compression, or neutral condition.

Releasing operationThe SOT-1 packer is released with 500- to 3,000-lbm [228- to 1,360-kg] weight on the packer while applying right-hand torque. Picking up the tubing opens the fluid bypass and equalizes pressure across the sealing element. Continued upward pulling releases the slips, fully relaxes the elements, and locks the SOT-1 in the running position. The packer can be retrieved or moved up and down the hole, and reset if required.

The SOT-1 features a secondary rotational-release option. This method is activated by placing the tubing in neutral at the packer and applying right-hand torque to shear the brass shear screws in the jay pin ring. After the screws have been sheared, rotating the tubing at the packer will release the jay pin ring from the packer mandrel. Continued upward movement will fully release the packer.

SOT-1 Conventional service packer

SOT-1 conventional service packer.

Other company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0123

SOT-1

slb.com/packers

SOT-1 Conventional Service Packer Specifications

Casing Size,†in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.765 [95.6] 1.933 [49.1] 325 [163]

5.000 [127.0] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.062 [103.2] 1.933 [49.1] 325 [163]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.641 [117.9] 2.375 [60.3] 325 [163]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.515 [114.7] 2.375 [60.3] 325 [163]

6.625 [168.3] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.630 [143.0] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

6.625 [168.3] 28–32 [41.67–47.62] 5.489 [139.4] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.088 [154.6] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.978 [151.8] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.822 [147.9] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

74

Page 70: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production completions ■ Well-treating operations

ADVANTAGES ■ Simple setting and releasing procedure ■ Case-hardened friction blocks with

INCONEL® springs ■ Fullbore mandrel ■ Secondary rotational release ■ Field-proven design ■ Field-adjustable secondary rotational release ■ Tubing able to be left in tension,

compression, or neutral ■ Pressure equalization before unsetting

the slips

The SOT-1 conventional service packer is used for production completions and well-treating operations. Once set, the SOT-1 packer will remain set and packed off regardless of tubing forces and pressure differentials. This packer can be used in zone isolation, production, or injection applications. The simplicity and rugged design yield an extremely reliable freestanding packer.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in conventional completions

Setting operation The SOT-1 packer design allows the packer to be run to depth, set with minimal weight, then fully packed off with tubing tension. These design features allow the SOT-1 to be run at much shallower depths than most compression-set, double-grip packers. This packer also features a built-in fluid bypass system for equalizing pressure across the sealing element during the release procedure.

The packer is run to setting depth and, with the last movement upward, right-hand torque is applied to the tubing. While right-hand torque is applied, the tubing is lowered until the weight indicator shows a reduction in tubing weight. Torque is then released, and the required amount of tubing weight is added to the packer. An upstrain is then placed on the tubing, and the recommended tension is applied to fully set the slips and pack off the sealing element.

After the setting procedure has been completed, the tubing string may be landed in tension, compression, or neutral condition.

Releasing operationThe SOT-1 packer is released with 500- to 3,000-lbm [228- to 1,360-kg] weight on the packer while applying right-hand torque. Picking up the tubing opens the fluid bypass and equalizes pressure across the sealing element. Continued upward pulling releases the slips, fully relaxes the elements, and locks the SOT-1 in the running position. The packer can be retrieved or moved up and down the hole, and reset if required.

The SOT-1 features a secondary rotational-release option. This method is activated by placing the tubing in neutral at the packer and applying right-hand torque to shear the brass shear screws in the jay pin ring. After the screws have been sheared, rotating the tubing at the packer will release the jay pin ring from the packer mandrel. Continued upward movement will fully release the packer.

SOT-1 Conventional service packer

SOT-1 conventional service packer.

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0123

SOT-1

slb.com/packers

SOT-1 Conventional Service Packer Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Nominal ID,‡ in [mm]

Max. Working Temperature, degF [degC]

4.500 [114.3] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.765 [95.6] 1.933 [49.1] 325 [163]

5.000 [127.0] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.062 [103.2] 1.933 [49.1] 325 [163]

5.500 [139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.641 [117.9] 2.375 [60.3] 325 [163]

5.500 [139.7] 20–23 [29.76–34.23] 4.515 [114.7] 2.375 [60.3] 325 [163]

6.625 [168.3] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.630 [143.0] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

6.625 [168.3] 28–32 [41.67–47.62] 5.489 [139.4] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

7.000 [177.8] 23–26 [34.23–38.69] 6.088 [154.6] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

7.000 [177.8] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 5.978 [151.8] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]

7.000 [177.8] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 5.822 [147.9] 2.437 [61.9] 325 [163]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ ID may vary depending on connecting configuration selected.

75

Page 71: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Remedial work and service applications ■ Acidizing ■ Fracturing ■ Squeeze cementing ■ Casing test applications

BENEFITS ■ High running speed and ease of operations

reduce rig time

FEATURES ■ 8,000 psi [55,158 kPa] nominal pressure

rating ■ Temperature rating based on elastomers ■ Three-quarter right-hand turn and setdown

weight to set packer ■ Convertible to left-hand operation

without replacing any components ■ Carbide-inserted lower slip to provide large

contact area and minimize casing damage ■ 12-piston hydraulic holddown system

with carbide-inserted slips to allow highdifferential pressure to be achieved belowthe packer

■ Three-piece packing element ■ Heavy-duty mandrel with locked top and

bottom connections for high torque capacity ■ Optional top and bottom tubing connections

The TXT service packer is a heavy-duty, compression-set retrievable packer used to secure a well requiring repair or, in the case of an emergency, without retrieving the drillstring. The TXT packer is also well-suited to acidizing, fracturing, squeeze cementing, and casing testing applications.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use as a service packer

Features and settingThe TXT packer is rated to 8,000 psi [55,158 kPa]; other pressure and temperature combinations are possible with optional elements. Mechanically set, the TXT packer features a 12-piston system with carbide disks for both the upper slips and the caged lower slips, providing a large contact area while minimizing casing damage. The heavy-duty mandrel includes locked top and bottom subs available with optional top and bottom tubing connections. The TXT packer is set up as a right-hand tool, but it can be converted for left-hand operation without replacing any parts.

TXTService packer

TXT service packer.

TXT Service Packer Specifi cations

Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID,Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool Size Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Thread Box × Pin

9.625 [244.48] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.343 [211.91] 8.681 [220.49] 51A2 8.156 [97.87] 3.5 or 4.5 IF × 88.90or 114.30 IF9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.49] 8.835 [224.41] 51A4 8.218 [208.74]

9.625 [244.48] 29.3–36 [43.60–53.57] 8.836 [224.43] 9.063 [230.20] 51B 8.437 [214.30] 3.5 or 4.5 IF × 88.90or 114.30 IF10.75 [273.05] 65.7–81 [97.77–120.54] 9.250 [234.95] 9.560 [242.82] 53A2 8.593 [281.26]

10.75 [273.05] 55.5–60.7 [82.59–90.33] 9.660 [245.36] 9.760 [247.90] 53A4 9.000 [228.60] 3.5 or 4.5 IF × 88.90or 114.30 IF10.75 [273.05] 32.7–51 [48.81–75.90] 9.850 [250.19] 10.125 [257.18] 53B 9.375 [238.13]

slb.com/packersCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0150

APPLICATIONS■ Remedial work and service applications■ Acidizing■ Fracturing■ Squeeze cementing■ Casing test applications

BENEFITS■ Maximum pressure performance■ High running speed and ease of

operations reduce rig time

FEATURES■ 8,000 psi [55,158 kPa] nominal

pressure rating■ Large internal bypass area to maximize

running and circulating rates■ Multiple hold-down button slip assembly

for maximum pressure performance■ Three-piece packing element system for

reliable, proven performance■ Multiple jay configurations available■ Convertible jay configuration with kit

The TXT-2 service packer is a compression-set retrievable servicepacker used for remedial applications such as squeeze cementing,fracturing, acidizing, and other operations where high pressuredifferentials are required.

Main features■ Mechanically set■ Retrievable■ For use as a service packer

Setting and operationThe collet releases during setting by applying tubing weight,which closes the bypass. Carbide-inserted drag blocks, carbide-inserted slips, and a three-piece packing element system enhancepacker performance. Hydraulic hold-down buttons are protectedduring running or circulating, minimizing damage potential.

TXT-2Service packer

TXT-2 service packer.

TXT-2 Service Packer SpecificationsCasing OD,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID Range, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID Range, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Thread

4.5 [114.30] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.920 [99.57] 4.090 [103.88] 3.760 [95.50] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.276 [108.61] 4.408 [111.96] 4.110 [104.39] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.22] 4.670 [118.62] 4.778 [121.36] 4.500 [114.30] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.778 [121.36] 4.950 [125.73] 4.640 [117.86] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.950 [125.73] 5.044 [128.12] 4.760 [120.90] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.75 [146.05] 18–21.9 [26.79–32.95] 5.039 [127.97] 5.354 [135.99] 4.817 [122.35] 2.375 EUE 8 RD6.00 [152.40] 20–23 [29.76–34.22] 5.191 [131.85] 5.390 [136.91] 5.062 [128.57] 2.375 EUE 8 RD6.625[168.27] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.791 [147.09] 5.920 [150.37] 5.588 [141.94] 2.875 EUE 8 RD7 [177.80] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 6.004 [152.50] 6.094 [154.78] 5.812 [147.62] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.184 [157.07] 6.276 [159.41] 5.950 [151.13] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.276 [159.41] 6.456 [163.98] 6.078 [154.38] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 33.7–39 [50.14–58.04] 6.625 [168.27] 6.765 [171.83] 6.453 [163.91] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 26.4–33.7 [39.29–50.15] 6.765 [171.83] 6.969 [177.01] 6.593 [167.46] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.875 [174.62] 7.025 [178.43] 6.672 [169.46] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 20–24 [29.76–41.67] 7.025 [178.43] 7.125 [180.97] 6.812 [173.02] 2.875 EU 8 RD

slb.com/packersCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0151

76

Page 72: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Remedial work and service applications ■ Acidizing ■ Fracturing ■ Squeeze cementing ■ Casing test applications

BENEFITS ■ High running speed and ease of operations

reduce rig time

FEATURES ■ 8,000 psi [55,158 kPa] nominal pressure

rating ■ Temperature rating based on elastomers ■ Three-quarter right-hand turn and setdown

weight to set packer ■ Convertible to left-hand operation

without replacing any components ■ Carbide-inserted lower slip to provide large

contact area and minimize casing damage ■ 12-piston hydraulic holddown system

with carbide-inserted slips to allow high differential pressure to be achieved below the packer

■ Three-piece packing element ■ Heavy-duty mandrel with locked top and

bottom connections for high torque capacity ■ Optional top and bottom tubing connections

The TXT service packer is a heavy-duty, compression-set retrievable packer used to secure a well requiring repair or, in the case of an emergency, without retrieving the drillstring. The TXT packer is also well-suited to acidizing, fracturing, squeeze cementing, and casing testing applications.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use as a service packer

Features and settingThe TXT packer is rated to 8,000 psi [55,158 kPa]; other pressure and temperature combinations are possible with optional elements. Mechanically set, the TXT packer features a 12-piston system with carbide disks for both the upper slips and the caged lower slips, providing a large contact area while minimizing casing damage. The heavy-duty mandrel includes locked top and bottom subs available with optional top and bottom tubing connections. The TXT packer is set up as a right-hand tool, but it can be converted for left-hand operation without replacing any parts.

TXTService packer

TXT service packer.

TXT Service Packer Specifi cations

Casing Size, in [mm]

Casing Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID,Min., in [mm]

Casing ID, Max., in [mm]

Tool Size Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Thread Box × Pin

9.625 [244.48] 47–53.5 [69.94–79.62] 8.343 [211.91] 8.681 [220.49] 51A2 8.156 [97.87] 3.5 or 4.5 IF × 88.90or 114.30 IF9.625 [244.48] 40–47 [59.53–69.94] 8.681 [220.49] 8.835 [224.41] 51A4 8.218 [208.74]

9.625 [244.48] 29.3–36 [43.60–53.57] 8.836 [224.43] 9.063 [230.20] 51B 8.437 [214.30] 3.5 or 4.5 IF × 88.90or 114.30 IF10.75 [273.05] 65.7–81 [97.77–120.54] 9.250 [234.95] 9.560 [242.82] 53A2 8.593 [281.26]

10.75 [273.05] 55.5–60.7 [82.59–90.33] 9.660 [245.36] 9.760 [247.90] 53A4 9.000 [228.60] 3.5 or 4.5 IF × 88.90or 114.30 IF10.75 [273.05] 32.7–51 [48.81–75.90] 9.850 [250.19] 10.125 [257.18] 53B 9.375 [238.13]

slb.com/packersCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0150

APPLICATIONS ■ Remedial work and service applications ■ Acidizing ■ Fracturing ■ Squeeze cementing ■ Casing test applications

BENEFITS ■ Maximum pressure performance ■ High running speed and ease of

operations reduce rig time

FEATURES ■ 8,000 psi [55,158 kPa] nominal

pressure rating ■ Large internal bypass area to maximize

running and circulating rates ■ Multiple hold-down button slip assembly

for maximum pressure performance ■ Three-piece packing element system for

reliable, proven performance ■ Multiple jay configurations available ■ Convertible jay configuration with kit

The TXT-2 service packer is a compression-set retrievable service packer used for remedial applications such as squeeze cementing, fracturing, acidizing, and other operations where high pressure differentials are required.

Main features ■ Mechanically set ■ Retrievable ■ For use as a service packer

Setting and operationThe collet releases during setting by applying tubing weight, which closes the bypass. Carbide-inserted drag blocks, carbide-inserted slips, and a three-piece packing element system enhance packer performance. Hydraulic hold-down buttons are protected during running or circulating, minimizing damage potential.

TXT-2Service packer

TXT-2 service packer.

TXT-2 Service Packer Specifi cationsCasing OD,in [mm]

Casing Weight Range,lbm/ft [kg/m]

Casing ID Range, Min., in [mm]

Casing ID Range, Max., in [mm]

Tool OD, Max., in [mm]

Thread

4.5 [114.30] 9.5–13.5 [14.14–20.09] 3.920 [99.57] 4.090 [103.88] 3.760 [95.50] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 15–18 [22.32–26.79] 4.276 [108.61] 4.408 [111.96] 4.110 [104.39] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 20–23 [29.76–34.22] 4.670 [118.62] 4.778 [121.36] 4.500 [114.30] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 15.5–20 [23.07–29.76] 4.778 [121.36] 4.950 [125.73] 4.640 [117.86] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 13–15.5 [19.35–23.07] 4.950 [125.73] 5.044 [128.12] 4.760 [120.90] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.75 [146.05] 18–21.9 [26.79–32.95] 5.039 [127.97] 5.354 [135.99] 4.817 [122.35] 2.375 EUE 8 RD6.00 [152.40] 20–23 [29.76–34.22] 5.191 [131.85] 5.390 [136.91] 5.062 [128.57] 2.375 EUE 8 RD6.625[168.27] 24–28 [35.72–41.67] 5.791 [147.09] 5.920 [150.37] 5.588 [141.94] 2.875 EUE 8 RD7 [177.80] 32–35 [47.62–52.09] 6.004 [152.50] 6.094 [154.78] 5.812 [147.62] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 26–29 [38.69–43.16] 6.184 [157.07] 6.276 [159.41] 5.950 [151.13] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 20–26 [29.76–38.69] 6.276 [159.41] 6.456 [163.98] 6.078 [154.38] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 33.7–39 [50.14–58.04] 6.625 [168.27] 6.765 [171.83] 6.453 [163.91] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 26.4–33.7 [39.29–50.15] 6.765 [171.83] 6.969 [177.01] 6.593 [167.46] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 24–29.7 [35.72–44.20] 6.875 [174.62] 7.025 [178.43] 6.672 [169.46] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 20–24 [29.76–41.67] 7.025 [178.43] 7.125 [180.97] 6.812 [173.02] 2.875 EU 8 RD

slb.com/packersCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0151

77

Page 73: Packers Catalog

78

Page 74: Packers Catalog

Swellable Packers

79

Page 75: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Openhole and cased hole wells ■ Multistage fracturing ■ Reservoir compartmentalization ■ Flowing wells with inflow control devices ■ Straddle assemblies ■ Cement replacement ■ Annular barrier for sand screens

BENEFITS ■ Single-trip installation minimizes rig time,

installation risks, and costs. ■ Delayed swelling feature reduces risk of

premature setting. ■ Bonding and shorter element enhance

well integrity.

FEATURES

■ Elastomer bonded directly onto basepipe ■ Increased pressure rating per foot ■ No moving parts ■ Durable, self-healing and

self-sealing construction ■ Time-delayed reactive filler for improved

mechanical stiffening properties ■ Tuned curing process for balanced

swell kinetics ■ Maximized swelling capability due to

pipe bonding ■ Shorter element lengths, which are better

able to traverse tight openhole sectionsand lateral transitions

■ Associated predictor software for productselection and job planning

The ResPack* swellable bonded-to-pipe packer is designed to swell on contact with fluid and expand to seal the annulus around the pipe. The elastomer is bonded directly onto the basepipe. The packer has no moving parts and is installed in a single trip; no special personnel or equipment is required. Applications range from well construction to completion in both openhole and cased hole wells.

Swelling mechanismThe packer element, which is shorter than typical packer elements, is engineered from a complex polymer that has properties similar to those of rubber before swelling. After swelling, the polymer and shorter element allow the packer to achieve the higher differential pressure and temperature ratings required in high-pressure applications such as multistage fracturing and sealing in flowing wells; the packer remains pliant enough to accommodate washouts and irregular wellbores.

The packer is available with elements that swell in either oil or water.

Oil-swellable packerAn integral delay mechanism engineered into the polymer of the oil-swellable packer minimizes the risk of premature swelling and setting without the need for any additional exterior coating. Hydrocarbon molecules diffuse into the elastomer matrix to generate volumetric expansion.

Water-swellable packerIn the water swellable packer, reactive fillers integrated into the elastomer prevent the loss of strength and the deswelling effects seen in conventional water-swellable packers, which rely solely on osmosis for swelling. Osmosis can reverse over time, causing other packers to deswell and leak. The proprietary reactive technology, however, is based on an irreversible chemical reaction that mechanically reinforces the elastomer and enables higher differential pressures to be withstood by shorter lengths. This unique-to-Schlumberger technology enables higher pressure ratings per foot than for conventional water swellable packers.

ResPack swellable bonded-to-pipe packer.

ResPackSwellable bonded-to-pipe packer

Completions *Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0041

ResPack

slb.com/packers

Sizes and ratingsResPack packers are provided in sizes ranging from 23⁄8 in to 133⁄8 in. They have a wide temperature range, from 100 to 365 degF [37 to 185 degC] and a differential pressure rating of up to 15,000 psi [103 MPa], the highest psi/ft rating in the industry.

Swelling to first sealSwelling starts immediately after contact with the fluid (oil for the oil-swellable packer and water for the water-swellable packer) and progresses in small increments, enabling the packer to reach the target setting depth, where it continues to swell and seal.

Stringent qualifications Our packers undergo full-scale highly accelerated life cycle testing and are qualified to rigorous standards. Elastomers are tested in high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide (H2S), hydrochloric acid (HCl), and carbon dioxide (CO2) at simulated downhole temperatures and pressures.

Swell-prediction software Proprietary Schlumberger software is used to evaluate packer performance in various well environments. The software predicts the estimated swell time and pressure ratings for a certain hole ID. The results are used to select the appropriate packer and minimize risks during deployment.

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

Swell time, per day

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Swell time, per day

Di�e

rent

ial p

ress

ure,

psi

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Oil swell

Brine swell

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft element

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft element

Di�e

rent

ial p

ress

ure,

psi

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

Swell time, per day

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Swell time, per day

Di�e

rent

ial p

ress

ure,

psi

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Oil swell

Brine swell

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft element

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft element

Di�e

rent

ial p

ress

ure,

psi

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

The differential-pressure rating of oil-swellable packers is a function of the swell time and the element length.

The differential-pressure rating of water (brine)-swellable packers is a function of the swell time and the element length..

80

Page 76: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Openhole and cased hole wells■ Multistage fracturing■ Reservoir compartmentalization ■ Flowing wells with inflow control devices■ Straddle assemblies■ Cement replacement ■ Annular barrier for sand screens

BENEFITS■ Single-trip installation minimizes rig time,

installation risks, and costs.■ Delayed swelling feature reduces risk of

premature setting.■ Bonding and shorter element enhance

well integrity.

FEATURES

■ Elastomer bonded directly onto basepipe■ Increased pressure rating per foot ■ No moving parts ■ Durable, self-healing and

self-sealing construction■ Time-delayed reactive filler for improved

mechanical stiffening properties■ Tuned curing process for balanced

swell kinetics■ Maximized swelling capability due to

pipe bonding■ Shorter element lengths, which are better

able to traverse tight openhole sections and lateral transitions

■ Associated predictor software for product selection and job planning

The ResPack* swellable bonded-to-pipe packer is designed to swell on contact with fluid and expand to seal the annulus around the pipe. The elastomer is bonded directly onto the basepipe. The packer has no moving parts and is installed in a single trip; no special personnel or equipment is required. Applications range from well construction to completion in both openhole and cased hole wells.

Swelling mechanismThe packer element, which is shorter than typical packer elements, is engineered from a complex polymer that has properties similar to those of rubber before swelling. After swelling, the polymer and shorter element allow the packer to achieve the higher differential pressure and temperature ratings required in high-pressure applications such as multistage fracturing and sealing in flowing wells; the packer remains pliant enough to accommodate washouts and irregular wellbores.

The packer is available with elements that swell in either oil or water.

Oil-swellable packerAn integral delay mechanism engineered into the polymer of the oil-swellable packer minimizes the risk of premature swelling and setting without the need for any additional exterior coating. Hydrocarbon molecules diffuse into the elastomer matrix to generate volumetric expansion.

Water-swellable packerIn the water swellable packer, reactive fillers integrated into the elastomer prevent the loss of strength and the deswelling effects seen in conventional water-swellable packers, which rely solely on osmosis for swelling. Osmosis can reverse over time, causing other packers to deswell and leak. The proprietary reactive technology, however, is based on an irreversible chemical reaction that mechanically reinforces the elastomer and enables higher differential pressures to be withstood by shorter lengths. This unique-to-Schlumberger technology enables higher pressure ratings per foot than for conventional water swellable packers.

ResPack swellable bonded-to-pipe packer.

ResPackSwellable bonded-to-pipe packer

Completions *Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0041

ResPack

slb.com/packers

Sizes and ratingsResPack packers are provided in sizes ranging from 23⁄8 in to 133⁄8 in. They have a wide temperature range, from 100 to 365 degF [37 to 185 degC] and a differential pressure rating of up to 15,000 psi [103 MPa], the highest psi/ft rating in the industry.

Swelling to first sealSwelling starts immediately after contact with the fluid (oil for the oil-swellable packer and water for the water-swellable packer) and progresses in small increments, enabling the packer to reach the target setting depth, where it continues to swell and seal.

Stringent qualifications Our packers undergo full-scale highly accelerated life cycle testing and are qualified to rigorous standards. Elastomers are tested in high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide (H2S), hydrochloric acid (HCl), andcarbon dioxide (CO2) at simulated downhole temperatures and pressures.

Swell-prediction software Proprietary Schlumberger software is used to evaluate packer performance in various well environments. The software predicts the estimated swell time and pressure ratings for a certain hole ID. The results are used to select the appropriate packer and minimize risks during deployment.

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

Swell time, per day

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Swell time, per day

Di�e

rent

ial p

ress

ure,

psi

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Oil swell

Brine swell

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft element

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft element

Di�e

rent

ial p

ress

ure,

psi

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

Swell time, per day

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Swell time, per day

Di�e

rent

ial p

ress

ure,

psi

Di�erential Pressure as a Function of Swell Time

0 5 10 15 20

Oil swell

Brine swell

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft element

10 ft element

6 ft element

3 ft elementDi

�ere

ntia

l pre

ssur

e, p

si

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

The differential-pressure rating of oil-swellable packers is a function of the swell time and the element length.

The differential-pressure rating of water (brine)-swellable packers is a function of the swell time and the element length..

81

Page 77: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Openhole and cased hole wells ■ Long-term isolation ■ Effective reservoir compartmentalization ■ Inflow control device completions ■ Straddle assemblies ■ Gravel-pack assemblies ■ Multistage matrix acidizing

BENEFITS ■ Single-trip installation minimizes rig time,

installation risks, and costs. ■ Modular design reduces and simplifies

required inventory of metal and threadtypes, thereby saving costs.

FEATURES ■ Engineered delay mechanism,

which eliminates need for externaldelay coatings

■ Modular slip-on design with nomoving parts

■ Simple installation requiring no specialistpersonnel or equipment

■ Associated predictor software for productselection and job planning

The ResPack Slip* swellable slip-on packer is designed to swell on contact with oil and expand to seal the annulus around the pipe in both openhole and cased hole wells. It is designed to be slipped onto the completion tubular and anchored with locking gauge rings. The packer has no moving parts and is installed in a single trip; no special personnel or equipment is required. Applications range from well construction to completion.

Modular assemblyThe modular ResPack Slip packer assembly enables operators to stock only one product for each completion size. It is available with a single element for applications requiring inflow control devices and with spaced elements for increased wellbore contact.

Swelling mechanismThe packer element is engineered from a complex polymer with properties similar to those of rubber; after swelling, however, the polymer’s mechanical properties make it better suited for coping with high-pressure applications and sealing in flowing wells, though it remains pliant enough to control washouts and to seal in irregular wellbores.

An integral delay mechanism engineered into the polymer of the oil-swellable packer minimizes the risk of premature swelling and setting without the need for any additional exterior coating. Hydrocarbon molecules diffuse into the elastomer matrix to generate volumetric expansion.

The ResPack Slip packer’s modular design, which includes options for (top to bottom) single, stacked, and spaced elements, enables operators to stock only one product for each completion size.

ResPack SlipSwellable slip-on packer

ResPack Slip swellable slip-on packer.

Completions

slb.com/packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0191

ResPack SlipSizes and ratingsResPack Slip packers are provided in sizes ranging from 31⁄2 to 7 in [88.9 to 177.8 mm]. They have a wide temperature range, from 100 to 365 degF [37 to 185 degC] and a differential pressure rating of up to 3,000 psi [20.7 MPa].

Swelling to first sealSwelling starts immediately after contact with oil and progresses in small increments, enabling the packer to reach the target setting depth, where it continues to swell and seal.

Stringent qualificationsOur packers undergo full-scale highly accelerated life cycle testing and are qualified to rigorous standards. Elastomers are tested in high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide (H2S), hydrochloric acid (HCl), and carbon dioxide (CO2) at simulated downhole temperatures and pressures.

Swell-prediction software Proprietary Schlumberger software is used to evaluate packer performance in various well environments. The software predicts the estimated swell time and pressure ratings for a certain hole ID. The results are used to select the appropriate packer and minimize risks during deployment.

82

Page 78: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Openhole and cased hole wells■ Long-term isolation■ Effective reservoir compartmentalization■ Inflow control device completions■ Straddle assemblies■ Gravel-pack assemblies■ Multistage matrix acidizing

BENEFITS■ Single-trip installation minimizes rig time,

installation risks, and costs.■ Modular design reduces and simplifies

required inventory of metal and thread types, thereby saving costs.

FEATURES■ Engineered delay mechanism,

which eliminates need for externaldelay coatings

■ Modular slip-on design with nomoving parts

■ Simple installation requiring no specialist personnel or equipment

■ Associated predictor software for product selection and job planning

The ResPack Slip* swellable slip-on packer is designed to swell on contact with oil and expand to seal the annulus around the pipe in both openhole and cased hole wells. It is designed to be slipped onto the completion tubular and anchored with locking gauge rings. The packer has no moving parts and is installed in a single trip; no special personnel or equipment is required. Applications range from well construction to completion.

Modular assemblyThe modular ResPack Slip packer assembly enables operators to stock only one product for each completion size. It is available with a single element for applications requiring inflow control devices and with spaced elements for increased wellbore contact.

Swelling mechanismThe packer element is engineered from a complex polymer with properties similar to those of rubber; after swelling, however, the polymer’s mechanical properties make it better suited for coping with high-pressure applications and sealing in flowing wells, though it remains pliant enough to control washouts and to seal in irregular wellbores.

An integral delay mechanism engineered into the polymer of the oil-swellable packer minimizes the risk of premature swelling and setting without the need for any additional exterior coating. Hydrocarbon molecules diffuse into the elastomer matrix to generate volumetric expansion.

The ResPack Slip packer’s modular design, which includes options for (top to bottom) single, stacked, and spaced elements, enables operators to stock only one product for each completion size.

ResPack SlipSwellable slip-on packer

ResPack Slip swellable slip-on packer.

Completions

slb.com/packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0191

ResPack SlipSizes and ratingsResPack Slip packers are provided in sizes ranging from 31⁄2 to 7 in [88.9 to 177.8 mm]. They have a wide temperature range, from 100 to 365 degF [37 to 185 degC] and a differential pressure rating of up to 3,000 psi [20.7 MPa].

Swelling to first sealSwelling starts immediately after contact with oil and progresses in small increments, enabling the packer to reach the target setting depth, where it continues to swell and seal.

Stringent qualificationsOur packers undergo full-scale highly accelerated life cycle testing and are qualified to rigorous standards. Elastomers are tested in high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide (H2S), hydrochloric acid (HCl), and carbon dioxide (CO2) at simulated downhole temperatures and pressures.

Swell-prediction software Proprietary Schlumberger software is used to evaluate packer performance in various well environments. The software predicts the estimated swell time and pressure ratings for a certain hole ID. The results are used to select the appropriate packer and minimize risks during deployment.

83

Page 79: Packers Catalog

84

Page 80: Packers Catalog

Thermal Packers

85

Page 81: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Thermal applications ■ Applications with top and bottom

anchoring slips that must be fully retrievable

■ As a liner hanger, tailpipe hanger, or bridge plug (with bullnose)

■ Combined with the MH patch bottom as a casing patch for remedial wellbore repair

ADVANTAGES ■ Thermal element rated to 650 degF

[343 degC] ■ No workstring manipulation required to

set packer ■ Standard tools/spears for retrieval ■ Liner or tailpipe placement control

anchored during thermal cycling ■ Adjustable surface setting pressures ■ Well tractor transition from intermediate

casing, through packer, and into liner without a slave string

■ Large beveled re-entry sleeve ■ Large through-bore ■ Top and bottom anchoring slips ■ Metal-to-metal seal with static element ■ NACE MR0175 compliant for environments

containing H2S

The MH thermal packer is a hydraulically set liner hanger packer for use in thermal applications. With a temperature rating of 650 degF [343 degC], its metal-to-metal system in conjunction with the thermal element is capable of an initial pressure test to 3,045 psi [21,000 kPa]. This packer has both hanger slips as well as top hold-down slips. The design for this product includes no elastomers. It is engineered for harsh environments that exceed the temperature and pressure limits for elastomers, such as O-rings, packing, and rubber compounds.

Main features ■ Hydraulic-set ■ Retrievable ■ For use in thermal applications

OperationThe MH thermal packer is designed to be run and set using a hydraulic setting tool engineered for producing high setting forces and handling high axial loads. Surface setting pressures are adjustable by manipulating the initial setup for the setting tool. It is conveyed with a hydraulic setting tool and set by dropping a ball or using a plug-in system, then pressuring up on the workstring. Once the thermal element is packed off, the setting tool hydraulically disconnects from the liner packer without string manipulation and is retrieved to surface. The MH thermal liner hanger packer can be retrieved if required by using standard retrieval equipment.

MHThermal packer

MH Thermal Packer SpecificationsSize, in [mm]

Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Packer OD, in [mm]

2.875 × 4.500 [73.0 ×114.3] 9.5–12.6 [14.14–18.75] 3.771 [95.8]

3.500 × 5.500 [88.9 × 139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.625 [117.5]

5.000 × 7.000 [127.0 × 177.8] 23–29 [34.23–43.16] 5.900 [149.9]

6.625 × 8.625 [168.3 × 219.1] 28–40 [41.67–59.53] 7.500 [190.5]

7.000 × 9.625 [177.8 × 244.5] 36–47 [53.57–69.94] 8.375 [212.7]

8.625 × 11.750 [219.1 × 298.5] 38–60 [56.55–89.30] 10.375 [263.5]

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0188 slb.com/packers

MH thermal packer.

86

Page 82: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Thermal applications■ Applications with top and bottom

anchoring slips that must be fully retrievable

■ As a liner hanger, tailpipe hanger, or bridge plug (with bullnose)

■ Combined with the MH patch bottom as a casing patch for remedial wellbore repair

ADVANTAGES■ Thermal element rated to 650 degF

[343 degC]■ No workstring manipulation required to

set packer■ Standard tools/spears for retrieval■ Liner or tailpipe placement control

anchored during thermal cycling■ Adjustable surface setting pressures■ Well tractor transition from intermediate

casing, through packer, and into liner without a slave string

■ Large beveled re-entry sleeve■ Large through-bore■ Top and bottom anchoring slips■ Metal-to-metal seal with static element■ NACE MR0175 compliant for environments

containing H2S

The MH thermal packer is a hydraulically set liner hanger packer for use in thermal applications. With a temperature rating of 650 degF [343 degC], its metal-to-metal system in conjunction with the thermal element is capable of an initial pressure test to 3,045 psi [21,000 kPa]. This packer has both hanger slips as well as top hold-down slips. The design for this product includes no elastomers. It is engineered for harsh environments that exceed the temperature and pressure limits for elastomers, such as O-rings, packing, and rubber compounds.

Main features■ Hydraulic-set■ Retrievable■ For use in thermal applications

OperationThe MH thermal packer is designed to be run and set using a hydraulic setting tool engineered for producing high setting forces and handling high axial loads. Surface setting pressures are adjustable by manipulating the initial setup for the setting tool. It is conveyed with a hydraulic setting tool and set by dropping a ball or using a plug-in system, then pressuring up on the workstring. Once the thermal element is packed off, the setting tool hydraulically disconnects from the liner packer without string manipulation and is retrieved to surface. The MH thermal liner hanger packer can be retrieved if required by using standard retrieval equipment.

MHThermal packer

MH Thermal Packer SpecificationsSize, in [mm]

Weight Range, lbm/ft [kg/m]

Packer OD, in [mm]

2.875 × 4.500 [73.0 ×114.3] 9.5–12.6 [14.14–18.75] 3.771 [95.8]

3.500 × 5.500 [88.9 × 139.7] 15.5–17 [23.07–25.30] 4.625 [117.5]

5.000 × 7.000 [127.0 × 177.8] 23–29 [34.23–43.16] 5.900 [149.9]

6.625 × 8.625 [168.3 × 219.1] 28–40 [41.67–59.53] 7.500 [190.5]

7.000 × 9.625 [177.8 × 244.5] 36–47 [53.57–69.94] 8.375 [212.7]

8.625 × 11.750 [219.1 × 298.5] 38–60 [56.55–89.30] 10.375 [263.5]

Other company, product, and service namesare the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0188 slb.com/packers

MH thermal packer.

Accessories

87

Page 83: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Options for QL-series packers

BENEFITS ■ Provides a fit-for-purpose bottom

on packer

FEATURES ■ Guide bottom option ■ Threaded guide option with choice

of threads ■ Concentric coupling option to allow

extension of packer bore

Several optional bottom assemblies are available for Schlumberger QL-series packers. These options include a guide bottom to make up the tubing completion below the packer when no additional completion components are specified. The threaded guide provides a tubing connection box thread to connect a mill-out extension to the packer. This option comes with an API tubing connection.

Bottom assemblies are also available with premium threads to match the tubing thread type above the packer. A concentric coupling is available to allow direct connection of a sealbore extension to the lower end on the QL-series packer, and the concentric coupling allows stacking of sealbore extensions. The threaded guide can be used on the bottom of the sealbore extension to cross back to tubing threads to connect the bottomhole assembly to the packer.

Bottom Assemblies for QL-Series Packers Provides a fit-for-purpose bottom on packer

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0228 slb.com/packers

Threaded guide.

Concentric coupling.

Guide bottom.

APPLICATIONS■ Completions using wireline-set packers

BENEFITS■ Provides long service life■ Requires no special alignment or

orientation during assembly ordisassembly

■ Sets without overcoming well pressure

FEATURES■ Includes gas-over-hydraulic

setting operation■ Does not require secondary igniter■ Uses spiral pins to prevent tool from

presetting while running in the hole■ Greater surface hardness and

improved corrosion resistance with no surface buildup

■ Provides efficient redressing■ Pressure-balanced design

A Schlumberger wireline adapter kit (WLAK) is used to connect the CPST pressure setting tool to the appropriate packer, plug, or retainer. The CPST setting tool components feature a nitride surface treatment to improve service life. Nitride surface treatment combines greater surface hardness with a base metal durability and improves corrosion resistance with no surface buildup.

OperationThe packer adapter kit and setting tool are lowered into the well to the desired packer setting depth. An electric pulse is transmitted down the wireline string to the setting tool. This pulse ignites the power charge in the pressure setting tool. A slow-burning powder in the tool increases pressure in the setting tool to provide the force necessary to set the packer. When the maximum packer setting force is reached, a shear stud between the adapter kit and the setting tool parts to release the adapter kit from the packer. After the adapter kit has released from the packer, the setting assembly can be retrieved from the well.

CPST Pressure Setting ToolReliably sets bridge plugs, cement retainers, and packers on wireline

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0233 slb.com/packers

CPST Pressure Setting Tool Specifications

OD, in [mm]

Max. Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Temperature, degF [degC]

Length, ft [m]

Max. Setting Force, lbf [kg]

3.625 [92.1] 15,000 [103,425] 400 [204] 7.5 [2.3] 83,000 [37,642]

CPST pressure setting tool.

88

Page 84: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Options for QL-series packers

BENEFITS ■ Provides a fit-for-purpose bottom

on packer

FEATURES ■ Guide bottom option ■ Threaded guide option with choice

of threads ■ Concentric coupling option to allow

extension of packer bore

Several optional bottom assemblies are available for Schlumberger QL-series packers. These options include a guide bottom to make up the tubing completion below the packer when no additional completion components are specified. The threaded guide provides a tubing connection box thread to connect a mill-out extension to the packer. This option comes with an API tubing connection.

Bottom assemblies are also available with premium threads to match the tubing thread type above the packer. A concentric coupling is available to allow direct connection of a sealbore extension to the lower end on the QL-series packer, and the concentric coupling allows stacking of sealbore extensions. The threaded guide can be used on the bottom of the sealbore extension to cross back to tubing threads to connect the bottomhole assembly to the packer.

Bottom Assemblies for QL-Series Packers Provides a fit-for-purpose bottom on packer

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0228 slb.com/packers

Threaded guide.

Concentric coupling.

Guide bottom.

APPLICATIONS ■ Completions using wireline-set packers

BENEFITS ■ Provides long service life ■ Requires no special alignment or

orientation during assembly ordisassembly

■ Sets without overcoming well pressure

FEATURES ■ Includes gas-over-hydraulic

setting operation ■ Does not require secondary igniter ■ Uses spiral pins to prevent tool from

presetting while running in the hole ■ Greater surface hardness and

improved corrosion resistance with no surface buildup

■ Provides efficient redressing ■ Pressure-balanced design

A Schlumberger wireline adapter kit (WLAK) is used to connect the CPST pressure setting tool to the appropriate packer, plug, or retainer. The CPST setting tool components feature a nitride surface treatment to improve service life. Nitride surface treatment combines greater surface hardness with a base metal durability and improves corrosion resistance with no surface buildup.

OperationThe packer adapter kit and setting tool are lowered into the well to the desired packer setting depth. An electric pulse is transmitted down the wireline string to the setting tool. This pulse ignites the power charge in the pressure setting tool. A slow-burning powder in the tool increases pressure in the setting tool to provide the force necessary to set the packer. When the maximum packer setting force is reached, a shear stud between the adapter kit and the setting tool parts to release the adapter kit from the packer. After the adapter kit has released from the packer, the setting assembly can be retrieved from the well.

CPST Pressure Setting ToolReliably sets bridge plugs, cement retainers, and packers on wireline

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0233 slb.com/packers

CPST Pressure Setting Tool Specifications

OD, in [mm]

Max. Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

Temperature, degF [degC]

Length, ft [m]

Max. Setting Force, lbf [kg]

3.625 [92.1] 15,000 [103,425] 400 [204] 7.5 [2.3] 83,000 [37,642]

CPST pressure setting tool.

89

Page 85: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production wells

ADVANTAGES ■ Choice of latching type ■ Field convertible to different versions ■ Full tubing bore design ■ Three release options ■ Choice of metallurgies and elastomers

The stinger is retrieved by either straight pickup or rotation with straight pickup. The seals and O-rings on the packer can be replaced, and the stinger may be reinstalled in the HSP-1 stinger’s seal receptacle upon completion of a well workover. The HSP-1 is available in three configurations: snap in/rotate out, snap in/snap out, and bullnose.

Snap in/rotate outThe snap-in/rotate-out version is the preferred configuration to run the packer. This version eliminates the possibility of pumping the stinger off the packer when setting with hydraulic pressure. To install this stinger, set downweight on the stinger to snap the latch collet into the packer. To remove it, apply approximately 1,000 lbf [454 kg] of tension to the tubing at the packer while rotating the tubing to the right. The packer stinger will release from the packer after about four turns of the tubing.

Snap in/snap outTo install the snap-in/snap-out stinger, set downweight on the stinger to snap the latch collet into the packer. To release the stinger from the packer, pick up approximately 10,000 lbf [4,535.1 kg] of tension over string weight. This tension force will snap the latch collet out of the packer.

BullnoseThe bullnose stinger does not utilize any latching mechanism, but it must overcome seal drag to install or remove it from the packer. Because of piston effect from tubing-to-casing pressure differential, ample tubing weight must be applied to prevent the stinger from being pumped out of the packer during injection or production procedures.

HSP-1 series stingers are available for a variety of service applications, including high H2S and CO2 exposure. These stingers can also be trimmed for high-pressure and high-temperature applications.

Snap in, rotate out. Snap in, snap out. Bullnose.

HSP-1 Stinger AssembliesProvide a means of separating the tubing string at the packer

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0214 slb.com/packers

HSP-1 Stinger Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm]

4.500 × 2.375 [114.3 × 60.3] 3.562 [90.5] 1.937 [49.2]

5.000, 5.500 × 2.375 [127.0, 139.7 × 60.3] 4.276 [108.6] 1.937 [49.2]

6.625 × 2.875 [168.3 ×73.0] 4.375 [111.1] 2.375 [60.3]

6.625, 7.000, 7.625, 9.625 × 3.500 [168.3, 177.8, 193.7, 244.5 × 88.9] 5.375 [136.5] 2.875 [73.0]

7.000 × 4.000 [177.8 × 101.6] 5.875 [149.4] 3.375 [85.6]

7.000, 8.625, 9.625 × 4.500 [177.8, 219.1, 244.1 × 114.3] 5.875 [149.4] 3.875 [98.4]

9.625 × 5.500 [244.5 × 139.7] 8.187 [207.9] 4.750 [120.7]

9.625 × 7.000 [244.5 × 177.8] 8.187 [207.9] 6.000 [152.4] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Tubing-conveyed tool that fills and

drains automatically ■ Setting pressure that can be lowered

by adding cylinders to the setting tool (three cylinders are standard)

■ Ability to couple to adapter kits made for most pressure setting assemblies

■ Availability of rotational release adapter kit

The hydraulic setting tool (HST) is a hydraulically actuated system used to set wireline packers and similar tools when wireline setting methods are not practical or desirable. The HST features three pressure-amplified hydraulic cylinders that generate maximum setting force from a limited amount of setting pressure. The required setting pressure can be lowered further by adding cylinders to the tool. This system includes an automatic fill-and-drain feature, enhancing rig-floor safety while reducing running time.

The HST is designed to couple with adapter kits made for common pressure setting assemblies, and it is available with an optional rotational release adapter kit.

Setting adapter kitsSetting adapter kits are used to attach the packer to an explosive-style wireline setting tool or a hydraulic setting tool. The setting adapter kit sets the packer either when it is actuated by the explosive device or by hydraulic pressure applied via a setting tool. After packer setting, the adapter kit releases from the packer for retrieval.

Hydraulic adapter kit The hydraulic adapter kit is used when it is not possible to adapt between a wireline setting kit and the setting tool. The hydraulic setting kit connects the packer to the HST, and the assembly is run on a workstring.

Setting the packer requires pressuring the workstring against a setting ball and seat to a predetermined pressure. After setting and testing, the setting tool assembly is released by right-hand rotation. The hydraulic setting kit contains a port, sealed during packer setting, to allow tubing to drain when retrieved.

Hydraulic setting kitThe HST with adapter kit is used to connect a standard wireline adapter kit to the HST, adapting the packer to run on a workstring or tubing. The HST is actuated by applying hydraulic pressure to the workstring. A setting ball is dropped and landed in the seat of the hydraulic adapter kit.

Hydraulic pressure applied to the workstring sets the packer and, at a predetermined force, the tension stud parts, releasing the collet-style running nut from the packer. The setting tool, setting ball, and adapter kits are pulled from the well with the workstring.

Hydraulic Setting ToolUsed to set wireline packers and similar tools when wireline setting methods are not practical

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0193 slb.com/packers

Hydraulic setting tool.

90

Page 86: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production wells

ADVANTAGES ■ Choice of latching type ■ Field convertible to different versions ■ Full tubing bore design ■ Three release options ■ Choice of metallurgies and elastomers

The stinger is retrieved by either straight pickup or rotation with straight pickup. The seals and O-rings on the packer can be replaced, and the stinger may be reinstalled in the HSP-1 stinger’s seal receptacle upon completion of a well workover. The HSP-1 is available in three configurations: snap in/rotate out, snap in/snap out, and bullnose.

Snap in/rotate outThe snap-in/rotate-out version is the preferred configuration to run the packer. This version eliminates the possibility of pumping the stinger off the packer when setting with hydraulic pressure. To install this stinger, set downweight on the stinger to snap the latch collet into the packer. To remove it, apply approximately 1,000 lbf [454 kg] of tension to the tubing at the packer while rotating the tubing to the right. The packer stinger will release from the packer after about four turns of the tubing.

Snap in/snap outTo install the snap-in/snap-out stinger, set downweight on the stinger to snap the latch collet into the packer. To release the stinger from the packer, pick up approximately 10,000 lbf [4,535.1 kg] of tension over string weight. This tension force will snap the latch collet out of the packer.

BullnoseThe bullnose stinger does not utilize any latching mechanism, but it must overcome seal drag to install or remove it from the packer. Because of piston effect from tubing-to-casing pressure differential, ample tubing weight must be applied to prevent the stinger from being pumped out of the packer during injection or production procedures.

HSP-1 series stingers are available for a variety of service applications, including high H2S and CO2 exposure. These stingers can also be trimmed for high-pressure and high-temperature applications.

Snap in, rotate out. Snap in, snap out. Bullnose.

HSP-1 Stinger AssembliesProvide a means of separating the tubing string at the packer

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0214 slb.com/packers

HSP-1 Stinger Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm]

4.500 × 2.375 [114.3 × 60.3] 3.562 [90.5] 1.937 [49.2]

5.000, 5.500 × 2.375 [127.0, 139.7 × 60.3] 4.276 [108.6] 1.937 [49.2]

6.625 × 2.875 [168.3 ×73.0] 4.375 [111.1] 2.375 [60.3]

6.625, 7.000, 7.625, 9.625 × 3.500 [168.3, 177.8, 193.7, 244.5 × 88.9] 5.375 [136.5] 2.875 [73.0]

7.000 × 4.000 [177.8 × 101.6] 5.875 [149.4] 3.375 [85.6]

7.000, 8.625, 9.625 × 4.500 [177.8, 219.1, 244.1 × 114.3] 5.875 [149.4] 3.875 [98.4]

9.625 × 5.500 [244.5 × 139.7] 8.187 [207.9] 4.750 [120.7]

9.625 × 7.000 [244.5 × 177.8] 8.187 [207.9] 6.000 [152.4] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Tubing-conveyed tool that fills and

drains automatically ■ Setting pressure that can be lowered

by adding cylinders to the setting tool (three cylinders are standard)

■ Ability to couple to adapter kits made for most pressure setting assemblies

■ Availability of rotational release adapter kit

The hydraulic setting tool (HST) is a hydraulically actuated system used to set wireline packers and similar tools when wireline setting methods are not practical or desirable. The HST features three pressure-amplified hydraulic cylinders that generate maximum setting force from a limited amount of setting pressure. The required setting pressure can be lowered further by adding cylinders to the tool. This system includes an automatic fill-and-drain feature, enhancing rig-floor safety while reducing running time.

The HST is designed to couple with adapter kits made for common pressure setting assemblies, and it is available with an optional rotational release adapter kit.

Setting adapter kitsSetting adapter kits are used to attach the packer to an explosive-style wireline setting tool or a hydraulic setting tool. The setting adapter kit sets the packer either when it is actuated by the explosive device or by hydraulic pressure applied via a setting tool. After packer setting, the adapter kit releases from the packer for retrieval.

Hydraulic adapter kit The hydraulic adapter kit is used when it is not possible to adapt between a wireline setting kit and the setting tool. The hydraulic setting kit connects the packer to the HST, and the assembly is run on a workstring.

Setting the packer requires pressuring the workstring against a setting ball and seat to a predetermined pressure. After setting and testing, the setting tool assembly is released by right-hand rotation. The hydraulic setting kit contains a port, sealed during packer setting, to allow tubing to drain when retrieved.

Hydraulic setting kitThe HST with adapter kit is used to connect a standard wireline adapter kit to the HST, adapting the packer to run on a workstring or tubing. The HST is actuated by applying hydraulic pressure to the workstring. A setting ball is dropped and landed in the seat of the hydraulic adapter kit.

Hydraulic pressure applied to the workstring sets the packer and, at a predetermined force, the tension stud parts, releasing the collet-style running nut from the packer. The setting tool, setting ball, and adapter kits are pulled from the well with the workstring.

Hydraulic Setting ToolUsed to set wireline packers and similar tools when wireline setting methods are not practical

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0193 slb.com/packers

Hydraulic setting tool.

91

Page 87: Packers Catalog

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Pressure balance ■ Inexpensive alternative to purpose-built

bridge plugs ■ Knockout with tailpipe or sinker bar

The knockout plug is an accessory for permanent or retrievable sealbore packers. It converts the packer into a temporary bridge plug for acidizing, fracturing, and testing above sealbore packers. The knockout plug is pushed to bottom with a sinker bar or production tube after these operations are completed.

Knockout plug.

Knockout PlugConverts the packer into a temporary bridge plug

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0198 slb.com/packers

Knockout Plug Speci� cationsPacker Bore, in [mm] Tool Size2.687 [68.25] 263.000 [76.20] 303.250 [82.55] 324.000 [101.60] 404.750 [120.65] 476.000 [152.40] 60

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Bodies are manufactured from tubing of

equivalent grade as the liner; L80 and Q125 material grades standard, with other material grades available by special order

■ EU 8 round threads are standard, with other threads available by special order

■ Fracture-hardened designs are available upon request

■ Available in Otis MX, MXN, MOR, and MORN; and in Baker MF and MR

Landing nipples are profiled subs typically run below retrievable or permanent packers that provide a method of placing various flow control devices in the completion string.

Landing nipples feature an internal sealbore and profile to accept a locking device to anchor flow control accessories. Sealbores and lock profiles are machined to match a variety of connection systems and are available full-opening or slightly restricted with a no-go to provide a positive stop for a flow control device.

Landing nipples are sized to match tubing sizes, while sealbore sizes are available to match a variety of weights and connection systems. Most common landing nipple profiles are currently available.

MF landing nipple.

MX landing nipple.

Landing NippleProvides a method of placing various flow control devices in the completion string

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0197 slb.com/packers

Otis-Type Pro� le MX and MXN Speci� cations† Tubing Size, in [mm]

MX Pro� le Sealbore,in [mm]

MXN Pro� le Sealbore,in [mm]

MXN Pro� le No-Go ID, in [mm]

2.0625 [52.39] 1.625 [41.28] 1.625 [41.28] 1.536 [39.01]2.375 [60.33] 1.875 [47.63] 1.875 [47.63] 1.791 [45.49]2.875 [73.03] 2.313 [58.75] 2.313 [58.75] 2.205 [56.01]3.5 [88.9] 2.750 [69.85] 2.750 [69.85] 2.635 [66.92]3.5 [88.9] 2.813 [71.45] 2.813 [71.45] 2.666 [67.72]

† All MX and MXN nipples are standard EU 8 RD. Other materials and threads are available upon request.‡ Not applicable

Baker-Type Pro� le MF and MR Speci� cationsTubing Size, in [mm]

MF Pro� le Sealbore,in [mm]

MR Pro� le Sealbore, in [mm]

MR Pro� le No-Go ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.33] 1.78 [45.21] 1.78 [45.21] 1.728 [43.89]2.375 [60.33] 1.81 [45.97] 1.81 [45.97] 1.760 [44.7]2.375 [60.33] 1.87 [47.63] na‡ 1.760 [44.7]2.875 [73.03] 2.25 [57.15] 2.25 [57.15] 2.197 [55.8]2.875 [73.03] 2.31 [58.75] na 2.197 [55.8]

Otis-Type Pro� le MOR and MORN Speci� cationsTubing Size, in [mm]

MOR Pro� le Sealbore, in [mm]

MORN Pro� le Sealbore, in [mm]

MORN Pro� le No-Go ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.33] 1.781 [45.24] 1.781 [45.24] 1.640 [41.66]2.375 [60.33] 1.710 [43.43] 1.710 [43.43] 1.560 [39.62]2.375 [60.33] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.10] 1.345 [34.16]2.875 [73.03] 2.188 [55.58] 2.188 [55.58] 2.010 [51.05]2.875 [73.03] 2.125 [53.98] 2.125 [53.98] 1.937 [49.20]2.875 [73.03] 2.000 [50.80] 2.000 [50.80] 1.881 [47.78]2.875 [73.03] 1.875 [47.63] 1.875 [47.63] 1.716 [43.58]3.5 [88.9] 2.562 [65.08] 2.562 [65.08] 2.329 [59.16]3.5 [88.9] 2.313 [58.75] 2.313 [58.75] 2.131 [54.13]3.5 [88.9] 2.188 [55.58] 2.188 [55.58] 2.010 [51.05]

92

Page 88: Packers Catalog

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Pressure balance ■ Inexpensive alternative to purpose-built

bridge plugs ■ Knockout with tailpipe or sinker bar

The knockout plug is an accessory for permanent or retrievable sealbore packers. It converts the packer into a temporary bridge plug for acidizing, fracturing, and testing above sealbore packers. The knockout plug is pushed to bottom with a sinker bar or production tube after these operations are completed.

Knockout plug.

Knockout PlugConverts the packer into a temporary bridge plug

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0198 slb.com/packers

Knockout Plug Speci� cationsPacker Bore, in [mm] Tool Size2.687 [68.25] 263.000 [76.20] 303.250 [82.55] 324.000 [101.60] 404.750 [120.65] 476.000 [152.40] 60

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Bodies are manufactured from tubing of

equivalent grade as the liner; L80 and Q125 material grades standard, with other material grades available by special order

■ EU 8 round threads are standard, with other threads available by special order

■ Fracture-hardened designs are available upon request

■ Available in Otis MX, MXN, MOR, and MORN; and in Baker MF and MR

Landing nipples are profiled subs typically run below retrievable or permanent packers that provide a method of placing various flow control devices in the completion string.

Landing nipples feature an internal sealbore and profile to accept a locking device to anchor flow control accessories. Sealbores and lock profiles are machined to match a variety of connection systems and are available full-opening or slightly restricted with a no-go to provide a positive stop for a flow control device.

Landing nipples are sized to match tubing sizes, while sealbore sizes are available to match a variety of weights and connection systems. Most common landing nipple profiles are currently available.

MF landing nipple.

MX landing nipple.

Landing NippleProvides a method of placing various flow control devices in the completion string

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0197 slb.com/packers

Otis-Type Pro� le MX and MXN Speci� cations† Tubing Size, in [mm]

MX Pro� le Sealbore,in [mm]

MXN Pro� le Sealbore,in [mm]

MXN Pro� le No-Go ID, in [mm]

2.0625 [52.39] 1.625 [41.28] 1.625 [41.28] 1.536 [39.01]2.375 [60.33] 1.875 [47.63] 1.875 [47.63] 1.791 [45.49]2.875 [73.03] 2.313 [58.75] 2.313 [58.75] 2.205 [56.01]3.5 [88.9] 2.750 [69.85] 2.750 [69.85] 2.635 [66.92]3.5 [88.9] 2.813 [71.45] 2.813 [71.45] 2.666 [67.72]

† All MX and MXN nipples are standard EU 8 RD. Other materials and threads are available upon request.‡ Not applicable

Baker-Type Pro� le MF and MR Speci� cationsTubing Size, in [mm]

MF Pro� le Sealbore,in [mm]

MR Pro� le Sealbore, in [mm]

MR Pro� le No-Go ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.33] 1.78 [45.21] 1.78 [45.21] 1.728 [43.89]2.375 [60.33] 1.81 [45.97] 1.81 [45.97] 1.760 [44.7]2.375 [60.33] 1.87 [47.63] na‡ 1.760 [44.7]2.875 [73.03] 2.25 [57.15] 2.25 [57.15] 2.197 [55.8]2.875 [73.03] 2.31 [58.75] na 2.197 [55.8]

Otis-Type Pro� le MOR and MORN Speci� cationsTubing Size, in [mm]

MOR Pro� le Sealbore, in [mm]

MORN Pro� le Sealbore, in [mm]

MORN Pro� le No-Go ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.33] 1.781 [45.24] 1.781 [45.24] 1.640 [41.66]2.375 [60.33] 1.710 [43.43] 1.710 [43.43] 1.560 [39.62]2.375 [60.33] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.10] 1.345 [34.16]2.875 [73.03] 2.188 [55.58] 2.188 [55.58] 2.010 [51.05]2.875 [73.03] 2.125 [53.98] 2.125 [53.98] 1.937 [49.20]2.875 [73.03] 2.000 [50.80] 2.000 [50.80] 1.881 [47.78]2.875 [73.03] 1.875 [47.63] 1.875 [47.63] 1.716 [43.58]3.5 [88.9] 2.562 [65.08] 2.562 [65.08] 2.329 [59.16]3.5 [88.9] 2.313 [58.75] 2.313 [58.75] 2.131 [54.13]3.5 [88.9] 2.188 [55.58] 2.188 [55.58] 2.010 [51.05]

93

Page 89: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Equalizing feature that aids retrieval ■ Tungsten carbide seat assembly ■ Sandline retrievability

The M fluid control valve is well suited for use in injection wells with low reservoir pressures where support of the fluid column in the tubing is desired. The valve is pressure actuated to provide surface control of fluids.

The fluid control valve is run and set in a profile nipple, utilizing a tungsten carbide seat to eliminate washout problems. This valve is typically used with selective stimulation tools or straddle packers to provide fluid control when acidizing low-fluid-level wells. It can also be used for selective chemical treatments.

M Fluid Control ValveProvides fluid control when acidizing low-fluid-level wells

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0194 slb.com/packers

M Fluid Control Valve Speci� cationsTubing Size, in [mm]

Valve OD Max., in [mm]

Seating Nipple ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.30] 1.87 [47.60] 1.81 [46.00]2.875 [73.02] 2.312 [58.20] 2.25 [57.20]

M fluid control valve.

APPLICATIONS ■ 10,000-psi [68,947-kPa] pressure

differential capability in most sizes ■ Automatically engaged J-lock system

with left-hand release (standard for the MFL-10 tool)

■ Bonded highly saturated nitrile (HSN) seals for optimum performance and toughness

■ J-lugs that are integral features of the stinger for maximum load capability

■ Machination of any standard common profile into the stingers (to be specified at the time of order)

■ Ability to be shear pinned to release either up or down

The MFL-10 and M-2 on/off tools are tubing disconnect devices used to allow removal of production tubing without pulling the production packer. The MFL-10 and M-2 tools consist of an overshot with an internal seal and a seal stinger. The seal stinger features a polished seal surface and an optional blanking plug profile.

The MFL-10 and M-2 tools incorporate a rugged J-lug locking system to withstand 10,000-psi [68,947-kPa] pressure differentials. The overshot includes an automatic left-hand-release J-slot and bonded HSN seals.

M-2 tool.

Seal nipple.MFL-10 tool.

MFL-10 and M-2 On/Off ToolsAllow removal of production tubing without pulling the production packer

Copyright © 2015 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0200 slb.com/packers

MFL-10 and M-2 Speci� cationsCasing Size, in [mm] Skirt OD, in [mm] Tubing Size4.5 [114.30] 3.75 [95.25] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 3.75 [95.25] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 4.5 [114.30] 2.375 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 5.50 [139.70] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 6 [152.40] 3.5 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 6.375 [161.92] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 6.625 [168.27] 2.875 EU 8 RD

94

Page 90: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Equalizing feature that aids retrieval ■ Tungsten carbide seat assembly ■ Sandline retrievability

The M fluid control valve is well suited for use in injection wells with low reservoir pressures where support of the fluid column in the tubing is desired. The valve is pressure actuated to provide surface control of fluids.

The fluid control valve is run and set in a profile nipple, utilizing a tungsten carbide seat to eliminate washout problems. This valve is typically used with selective stimulation tools or straddle packers to provide fluid control when acidizing low-fluid-level wells. It can also be used for selective chemical treatments.

M Fluid Control ValveProvides fluid control when acidizing low-fluid-level wells

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0194 slb.com/packers

M Fluid Control Valve Speci� cationsTubing Size, in [mm]

Valve OD Max., in [mm]

Seating Nipple ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.30] 1.87 [47.60] 1.81 [46.00]2.875 [73.02] 2.312 [58.20] 2.25 [57.20]

M fluid control valve.

APPLICATIONS ■ 10,000-psi [68,947-kPa] pressure

differential capability in most sizes ■ Automatically engaged J-lock system

with left-hand release (standard for the MFL-10 tool)

■ Bonded highly saturated nitrile (HSN) seals for optimum performance and toughness

■ J-lugs that are integral features of the stinger for maximum load capability

■ Machination of any standard common profile into the stingers (to be specified at the time of order)

■ Ability to be shear pinned to release either up or down

The MFL-10 and M-2 on/off tools are tubing disconnect devices used to allow removal of production tubing without pulling the production packer. The MFL-10 and M-2 tools consist of an overshot with an internal seal and a seal stinger. The seal stinger features a polished seal surface and an optional blanking plug profile.

The MFL-10 and M-2 tools incorporate a rugged J-lug locking system to withstand 10,000-psi [68,947-kPa] pressure differentials. The overshot includes an automatic left-hand-release J-slot and bonded HSN seals.

M-2 tool.

Seal nipple.MFL-10 tool.

MFL-10 and M-2 On/Off ToolsAllow removal of production tubing without pulling the production packer

Copyright © 2015 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0200 slb.com/packers

MFL-10 and M-2 Speci� cationsCasing Size, in [mm] Skirt OD, in [mm] Tubing Size4.5 [114.30] 3.75 [95.25] 2.375 EU 8 RD5 [127.00] 3.75 [95.25] 2.375 EU 8 RD5.5 [139.70] 4.5 [114.30] 2.375 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 5.50 [139.70] 2.875 EU 8 RD7 [177.80] 6 [152.40] 3.5 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 6.375 [161.92] 2.875 EU 8 RD7.625 [193.67] 6.625 [168.27] 2.875 EU 8 RD

95

Page 91: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Completion with permanent packer as

production packer ■ Horizontal completion with stand-alone

sand screens ■ Spacer packers ■ Isolation packers

BENEFITS ■ Gives economical seal protection ■ Provides larger bore to accept packer

retrieving sub of milling tool

FEATURES ■ Robust and durable construction ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards

QUANTUM* millout extensions are used where floating seals are required in completions using QUANTUM series retrievable sealbore packers. Standard millout extensions are special tubing joints that are used with the QL series packers.

Millout extensions provide a larger ID below the packer to protect the seals. The larger ID is also useful when a packer milling and retrieving tool is employed. The extension ID must be greater than the packer ID to furnish an adequate shoulder for retrieving the packer after the milling procedure is completed. Extensions are assembled onto the lower end of QL series millable sealbore packers or QUANTUM retrievable sealbore packers and run into the hole.

QUANTUM millout extensions are supplied in a box-by-box configuration; standard millout extensions are supplied in pin-by-pin configurations. Both are supplied in either 6- or 10-ft [1.8- or 3.0-m] lengths and are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

Millout ExtensionsProvide a larger ID below QUANTUM and QL series packers to protect the seals and to accept the packer retrieving sub of a milling tool

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0227 slb.com/packers

Millout Extension Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID,in [mm]

Length,ft [m]

Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

5.00 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.940 [100.0] 2.688 [68.3] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 4.370 [111.0] 3.000 [76.2] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 5.250 [133.4] 4.000 [101.6] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 4.983 [126.6] 4.550 [115.5] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 6.422 [163.1] 5.900 [149.9] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.630 [193.8] 6.620 [168.1] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

Millout extensions.

APPLICATIONS ■ Deviated or horizontal wells ■ Applications where wireline setting tools

are not practical

BENEFITS ■ Design allows applications for higher

setting pressures ■ Tool accepts any WLAK designed

for Schlumberger CPST or Baker E-4 pressure-setting tools

FEATURES ■ Automatic fill valve ■ Tubing drain that opens after

setting packer ■ Tandem applications possible ■ Auto-fill and tubing-drain features able to

be deactivated

The Model E setting tool translates hydraulic pressure applied to the tubing to a force transmitted through the Schlumberger wireline adapter kit (WLAK) to the packer, plug, or retainer to fully set the slips and pack off the sealing element of these tools.

Operation The Model E setting tool and WLAK are assembled to a packer, bridge plug, or cement retainer that is commonly set with a wireline-deployed pressure setting tool. Use of the Model E is particularly well suited for installation of packers, plugs, or retainers in highly deviated or horizontal wellbores where wireline operations are either impractical or not recommended.

As the packer and setting tool assembly are lowered into the wellbore, the automatic fill feature allows the tubing to fill with well fluid as the tools are run. When the packer has reached the desired depth, pressure is applied to the tubing string. Hydraulic pressure acts on the internal piston in the setting tool, creating the push/pull action necessary to set the device as it is being installed. When the device is fully set, pressure is increased to the value of the shear stud connecting the setting tool to the WLAK. The shear stud parts and releases the WLAK from the packer, leaving the setting assembly free to be retrieved. After the Model E setting tool has sheared and released from the packer, a tubing drain system is activated. As the tubing string and setting tool are retrieved, the fluid in the tubing is discharged to avoid having to pull a wet string.

Model E Hydraulic Setting ToolUsed to run and set packers, bridge plugs, and cement retainers on a workstring, production tubing, or coiled tubing

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0236 slb.com/packers

Model E hydraulic setting tool.

96

Page 92: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Completion with permanent packer as

production packer ■ Horizontal completion with stand-alone

sand screens ■ Spacer packers ■ Isolation packers

BENEFITS ■ Gives economical seal protection ■ Provides larger bore to accept packer

retrieving sub of milling tool

FEATURES ■ Robust and durable construction ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards

QUANTUM* millout extensions are used where floating seals are required in completions using QUANTUM series retrievable sealbore packers. Standard millout extensions are special tubing joints that are used with the QL series packers.

Millout extensions provide a larger ID below the packer to protect the seals. The larger ID is also useful when a packer milling and retrieving tool is employed. The extension ID must be greater than the packer ID to furnish an adequate shoulder for retrieving the packer after the milling procedure is completed. Extensions are assembled onto the lower end of QL series millable sealbore packers or QUANTUM retrievable sealbore packers and run into the hole.

QUANTUM millout extensions are supplied in a box-by-box configuration; standard millout extensions are supplied in pin-by-pin configurations. Both are supplied in either 6- or 10-ft [1.8- or 3.0-m] lengths and are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

Millout ExtensionsProvide a larger ID below QUANTUM and QL series packers to protect the seals and to accept the packer retrieving sub of a milling tool

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0227 slb.com/packers

Millout Extension Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID,in [mm]

Length,ft [m]

Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

5.00 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.940 [100.0] 2.688 [68.3] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 4.370 [111.0] 3.000 [76.2] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 5.250 [133.4] 4.000 [101.6] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 4.983 [126.6] 4.550 [115.5] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 6.422 [163.1] 5.900 [149.9] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370]

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.630 [193.8] 6.620 [168.1] 6.0 [1.83] 6,000 [41,370] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

Millout extensions.

APPLICATIONS ■ Deviated or horizontal wells ■ Applications where wireline setting tools

are not practical

BENEFITS ■ Design allows applications for higher

setting pressures ■ Tool accepts any WLAK designed

for Schlumberger CPST or Baker E-4 pressure-setting tools

FEATURES ■ Automatic fill valve ■ Tubing drain that opens after

setting packer ■ Tandem applications possible ■ Auto-fill and tubing-drain features able to

be deactivated

The Model E setting tool translates hydraulic pressure applied to the tubing to a force transmitted through the Schlumberger wireline adapter kit (WLAK) to the packer, plug, or retainer to fully set the slips and pack off the sealing element of these tools.

Operation The Model E setting tool and WLAK are assembled to a packer, bridge plug, or cement retainer that is commonly set with a wireline-deployed pressure setting tool. Use of the Model E is particularly well suited for installation of packers, plugs, or retainers in highly deviated or horizontal wellbores where wireline operations are either impractical or not recommended.

As the packer and setting tool assembly are lowered into the wellbore, the automatic fill feature allows the tubing to fill with well fluid as the tools are run. When the packer has reached the desired depth, pressure is applied to the tubing string. Hydraulic pressure acts on the internal piston in the setting tool, creating the push/pull action necessary to set the device as it is being installed. When the device is fully set, pressure is increased to the value of the shear stud connecting the setting tool to the WLAK. The shear stud parts and releases the WLAK from the packer, leaving the setting assembly free to be retrieved. After the Model E setting tool has sheared and released from the packer, a tubing drain system is activated. As the tubing string and setting tool are retrieved, the fluid in the tubing is discharged to avoid having to pull a wet string.

Model E Hydraulic Setting ToolUsed to run and set packers, bridge plugs, and cement retainers on a workstring, production tubing, or coiled tubing

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0236 slb.com/packers

Model E hydraulic setting tool.

97

Page 93: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Design provides positive indication of

proper seal location in the sealbore ■ Simplifies operations ■ Saves rig time ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Easy sting-in and release procedures ■ Debris-tolerant standard bonded seals ■ Prevention of seal movement ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards ■ Nitrile bonded seals ■ Higher-performance seals available for

hostile environments

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer anchor latch assembly positions the seal units in the polished bore of the packer at the bottom of the available stroke. With a slight amount of set-down weight, the anchor latch will snap into the top thread of the packer mandrel or polished bore receptacle. This feature allows an upward pull to be applied to the tubing string to positively confirm proper location and operation.

To release the anchor latch, an upward pull of 1,000 lbf [454 kg] at the latch, combined with 12 complete right-hand turns of the tubing at the latch, releases the anchor. The releasing mechanism of the anchor makes it ideal for completions where tubing movement is not desirable.

Standard QUANTUM anchor latch assemblies are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and fitted with nitrile bonded seals. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron seals are available for hostile conditions, such as high-temperature, high-pressure, and H2S environments.

QUANTUM anchor latch assembly.

QUANTUM Anchor Latch AssemblyProvides a positive surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0205 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Anchor Latch Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡

psi [kPa]Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.500 [88.9] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.820 [97.0] 2.350 [59.7] 7,000 [48,265] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 4.630 [117.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,100 [62,745] 2.8757.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.290 [134.4] 3.040 [77.2] 8,800 [60,676] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 7.000 [177.8] 3.280 [83.3] 8,600 [59,297] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 4.870 [123.7] 5,500 [37,923] 5.500

9.625 × 7.500 [244.5 × 190.5] 8.500 [215.6] 6.031 [153.2] 5,000 [34,475] 7.000 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions ■ Intelligent completions

BENEFITS ■ Provides positive indication of proper seal

location in the sealbore ■ Simplifies operations and saves rig time ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Debris-tolerant standard bonded seals ■ Seal movement prevention ■ Easy setting and release procedures ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials ■ Higher-performance seals for

hostile environments ■ Snap-in/shear-out design

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer shear-type anchor latch is run with a production seal assembly and is connected to the packer or polished bore receptacle (PBR) in the same manner as a standard anchor latch. Once connected to the packer, this latch does not allow seal movementduring normal changes in temperature and pressure. If stresses exceed a predetermined value, a shear ring parts, allowing the latch assembly to release and the seals to move.

Retrieval of the shear-type anchor latch is accomplished with a straight upward pull on the tubing in excess of the release mechanism’s shear ring value. The ring shears and releases the anchor’s latch mechanism. This releasing mechanism is ideal for completions where tubing rotation is prohibited.

The QUANTUM shear-type anchor latches are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and are fitted with nitrile bonded seals. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron seals are available on request for hostile conditions such as high-pressure, high-temperature, and H2S environments.

QUANTUM shear-type anchor latch.

QUANTUM Shear-Type Anchor LatchProvides a positive surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore receptacle and eliminates production seal movement

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0208 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Shear-Type Anchor Latch Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡psi [kPa]

Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.500 [88.9] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.820 [97.0] 2.350 [59.7] 7,000 [48,265] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 4.630 [117.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,100 [62,745] 2.8757.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.290 [134.4] 3.040 [77.2] 8,800 [60,676] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 6.000 [152.4] 3.500 [88.9] 8,600 [59,297] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 4.870 [123.7] 5,500 [37,923] 5.500 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

98

Page 94: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Design provides positive indication of

proper seal location in the sealbore ■ Simplifies operations ■ Saves rig time ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Easy sting-in and release procedures ■ Debris-tolerant standard bonded seals ■ Prevention of seal movement ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards ■ Nitrile bonded seals ■ Higher-performance seals available for

hostile environments

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer anchor latch assembly positions the seal units in the polished bore of the packer at the bottom of the available stroke. With a slight amount of set-down weight, the anchor latch will snap into the top thread of the packer mandrel or polished bore receptacle. This feature allows an upward pull to be applied to the tubing string to positively confirm proper location and operation.

To release the anchor latch, an upward pull of 1,000 lbf [454 kg] at the latch, combined with 12 complete right-hand turns of the tubing at the latch, releases the anchor. The releasing mechanism of the anchor makes it ideal for completions where tubing movement is not desirable.

Standard QUANTUM anchor latch assemblies are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and fitted with nitrile bonded seals. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron seals are available for hostile conditions, such as high-temperature, high-pressure, and H2S environments.

QUANTUM anchor latch assembly.

QUANTUM Anchor Latch AssemblyProvides a positive surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0205 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Anchor Latch Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡

psi [kPa]Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.500 [88.9] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.820 [97.0] 2.350 [59.7] 7,000 [48,265] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 4.630 [117.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,100 [62,745] 2.8757.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.290 [134.4] 3.040 [77.2] 8,800 [60,676] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 7.000 [177.8] 3.280 [83.3] 8,600 [59,297] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 4.870 [123.7] 5,500 [37,923] 5.500

9.625 × 7.500 [244.5 × 190.5] 8.500 [215.6] 6.031 [153.2] 5,000 [34,475] 7.000 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions ■ Intelligent completions

BENEFITS ■ Provides positive indication of proper seal

location in the sealbore ■ Simplifies operations and saves rig time ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Debris-tolerant standard bonded seals ■ Seal movement prevention ■ Easy setting and release procedures ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials ■ Higher-performance seals for

hostile environments ■ Snap-in/shear-out design

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer shear-type anchor latch is run with a production seal assembly and is connected to the packer or polished bore receptacle (PBR) in the same manner as a standard anchor latch. Once connected to the packer, this latch does not allow seal movementduring normal changes in temperature and pressure. If stresses exceed a predetermined value, a shear ring parts, allowing the latch assembly to release and the seals to move.

Retrieval of the shear-type anchor latch is accomplished with a straight upward pull on the tubing in excess of the release mechanism’s shear ring value. The ring shears and releases the anchor’s latch mechanism. This releasing mechanism is ideal for completions where tubing rotation is prohibited.

The QUANTUM shear-type anchor latches are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and are fitted with nitrile bonded seals. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron seals are available on request for hostile conditions such as high-pressure, high-temperature, and H2S environments.

QUANTUM shear-type anchor latch.

QUANTUM Shear-Type Anchor LatchProvides a positive surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore receptacle and eliminates production seal movement

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0208 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Shear-Type Anchor Latch Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡psi [kPa]

Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.500 [88.9] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.820 [97.0] 2.350 [59.7] 7,000 [48,265] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 4.630 [117.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,100 [62,745] 2.8757.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.290 [134.4] 3.040 [77.2] 8,800 [60,676] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 6.000 [152.4] 3.500 [88.9] 8,600 [59,297] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 4.870 [123.7] 5,500 [37,923] 5.500 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

99

Page 95: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions ■ Preferred locator for long, multiple-string

seal assemblies

BENEFITS ■ Simplifies operations to save rig time ■ Design provides indication of proper seal

location in the sealbore ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Easy sting-in and release procedures ■ Limited seal movement ■ Suitable for applications where the seals

are allowed to float ■ Compatible with most sealbore packers

and polished bore receptacles ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards ■ High-performance seals available for more

hostile environments

QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer no-go locators are typically used for applications in which it is necessary to prevent downward movement only. They are used in applications that allow tubing seals to float. The no-go locator allows retrieval by simple straight pull.

Standard no-go locators are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and are fitted with nitrile bonded seals that are tolerant to debris, tubing reciprocation, and pressure unloading. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron-type seals are available on special request for H2S and high-pressure, high-temperature applications.

QUANTUM no-go locator.

QUANTUM No-Go LocatorProvides a surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2013 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0202 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM No-Go Locator Specifications

Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,psi [kPa]

Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 2.937 [75.6] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.250 [82.6] 2.350 [59.7] 7,300 [50,334] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 3.460 [87.9] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 4.150 [105.4] 3.030 [77.0] 9,100 [62,745] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 4.940 [125.5] 3.280 [83.3] 8,600 [59,297] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 6.200 [157.5] 4.740 [120.4] 7,800 [53,781] 5.500 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions ■ Preferred locator for long, multiple-string

seal assemblies

BENEFITS ■ Simplifies operations to save rig time ■ Provides indication of proper seal location

in the sealbore ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Easy sting-in and release procedures ■ Limited seal movement ■ Suitable for applications where the seals

are allowed to float ■ Compatible with most sealbore packers

and polished bore receptacles ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards ■ High-performance seals available for more

hostile environments

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer snap latch assembly’s no-go positions the seal units in the polished bore of the packer at the bottom of the available stroke. The latch snaps into the top thread of the packer mandrel with a slight amount of set-down weight. This feature allows a slight upward pull to be applied to the tubing string to positively confirm seal location. By pulling 5,000 lbf [2,267.5 kg] over string weight, a positive indication of proper seal location in the sealbore is provided. Additional overpull of 15,000 lbf [6,802.5 kg] snaps the snap latch out of the packer top thread.

Standard snap latch assemblies are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and fitted with nitrile bonded seals. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron seals are available on request for hostile conditions such as high-pressure, high-temperature, and H2S environments.

QUANTUM snap latch assembly.

QUANTUM Snap Latch AssemblyProvides a surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0203 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Snap Latch Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡psi [kPa]

Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.500 [88.9] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.820 [97.0] 2.350 [59.7] 7,300 [50,334] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 4.770 [121.2] 2.350 [59.7] 9,700 [66,882] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.300 [134.6] 3.030 [77.0] 8,400 [57,918] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 7.000 [177.8] 3.280 [83.3] 8,800 [60,676] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 4.780 [121.4] 6,300 [43,439] 5.500

9.625 × 7.500 [244.5 × 190.5] 8.500 [215.6] 6.031 [153.2] 6,000 [41,370] 7.000 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

100

Page 96: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions ■ Preferred locator for long, multiple-string

seal assemblies

BENEFITS ■ Simplifies operations to save rig time ■ Design provides indication of proper seal

location in the sealbore ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Easy sting-in and release procedures ■ Limited seal movement ■ Suitable for applications where the seals

are allowed to float ■ Compatible with most sealbore packers

and polished bore receptacles ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards ■ High-performance seals available for more

hostile environments

QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer no-go locators are typically used for applications in which it is necessary to prevent downward movement only. They are used in applications that allow tubing seals to float. The no-go locator allows retrieval by simple straight pull.

Standard no-go locators are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and are fitted with nitrile bonded seals that are tolerant to debris, tubing reciprocation, and pressure unloading. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron-type seals are available on special request for H2S and high-pressure, high-temperature applications.

QUANTUM no-go locator.

QUANTUM No-Go LocatorProvides a surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2013 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0202 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM No-Go Locator Specifications

Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,psi [kPa]

Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 2.937 [75.6] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.250 [82.6] 2.350 [59.7] 7,300 [50,334] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 3.460 [87.9] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 4.150 [105.4] 3.030 [77.0] 9,100 [62,745] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 4.940 [125.5] 3.280 [83.3] 8,600 [59,297] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 6.200 [157.5] 4.740 [120.4] 7,800 [53,781] 5.500 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single- or multiple-zone completions ■ Preferred locator for long, multiple-string

seal assemblies

BENEFITS ■ Simplifies operations to save rig time ■ Provides indication of proper seal location

in the sealbore ■ Enhances reliability

FEATURES ■ Easy sting-in and release procedures ■ Limited seal movement ■ Suitable for applications where the seals

are allowed to float ■ Compatible with most sealbore packers

and polished bore receptacles ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards ■ High-performance seals available for more

hostile environments

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer snap latch assembly’s no-go positions the seal units in the polished bore of the packer at the bottom of the available stroke. The latch snaps into the top thread of the packer mandrel with a slight amount of set-down weight. This feature allows a slight upward pull to be applied to the tubing string to positively confirm seal location. By pulling 5,000 lbf [2,267.5 kg] over string weight, a positive indication of proper seal location in the sealbore is provided. Additional overpull of 15,000 lbf [6,802.5 kg] snaps the snap latch out of the packer top thread.

Standard snap latch assemblies are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials and fitted with nitrile bonded seals. Viton®, Aflas®, and chevron seals are available on request for hostile conditions such as high-pressure, high-temperature, and H2S environments.

QUANTUM snap latch assembly.

QUANTUM Snap Latch AssemblyProvides a surface indication that the seal assembly is correctly positioned in the polished bore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0203 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Snap Latch Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡psi [kPa]

Standard TopConnection

5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.500 [88.9] 1.950 [49.5] 9,000 [62,055] 2.375

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 3.820 [97.0] 2.350 [59.7] 7,300 [50,334] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 4.770 [121.2] 2.350 [59.7] 9,700 [66,882] 2.875

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.300 [134.6] 3.030 [77.0] 8,400 [57,918] 4.000

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 7.000 [177.8] 3.280 [83.3] 8,800 [60,676] 3.500

9.625 × 6.000 [244.5 × 152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 4.780 [121.4] 6,300 [43,439] 5.500

9.625 × 7.500 [244.5 × 190.5] 8.500 [215.6] 6.031 [153.2] 6,000 [41,370] 7.000 † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

101

Page 97: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Completions in which extreme tubing

movement is anticipated ■ Sand-control completions with production

packer above gravel-pack packer and lightweight packer fluid

BENEFITS ■ Enhances wellbore reliability and safety ■ Requires fewer tubing trips ■ Streamlines completion operations ■ Reduces rig time

FEATURES ■ Protected seals ■ Adjustable shear value ■ Compatible with all Schlumberger

sand-control packers ■ Compatible with the shearable-type

anchor latch locator ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer one-trip seal latch (OTSL) is recom mended for applications where extreme dyna mic seal movement is anticipated. It is assembled and run on the production tubing in completions where the production packer is already installed downhole.

The length of the sealbore or polished bore receptacle (PBR) is selected so that seals never leave the sealing bore. Standard PBR lengths are 10, 15, and 20 ft [3.0, 4.6, and 6.1 m], but most special lengths can be supplied. Seals are spaced out in accordance with tubing movement design criteria. During the running procedure, the OTSL attaches the seal assembly to the sealbore unit with a special running collet. After the PBR is anchored in the packer, the running collet is pulled upward, and the seal assembly is spaced out to the proper location. This activity is performed when running the production tubing. No further trips in the well are required.

The OTSL does not trap atmospheric pressure while running in the well. The complete OTSL system is made up of a snap latch, a self-aligning guide shoe, a seal assembly, a sealbore assembly, and the OTSL lift coupling.

QUANTUM one-trip seal latches are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM one-trip seal latch.

QUANTUM One-Trip Seal LatchAllows production seals to be latched into the packer and floating seals to be landed in an appropriate sealbore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0209 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM One-Trip Seal Latch Specifications†

Size,‡ in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm] Pressure Rating,§ psi [kPa]5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.950 [100.3] 1.950 [49.5] 8,000 [55,160]

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 4.380 [111.3] 2.350 [59.7] 7,000 [48,265]

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 5.260 [133.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,000 [62,055]

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 5.260 [133.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,000 [62,055]

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.680 [144.3] 3.040 [77.2] 9,000 [62,055]

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.680 [144.3] 3.040 [77.2] 9,000 [62,055]

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 7.010 [178.1] 3.500 [88.9] 8,800 [60,674] † EUE 8RD threads are standard configuration. Premium threads are available on request. ‡ Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. § The PBR contains the pressure below the OTSL.

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer BA packer plug permits operations above the packer, such as pressure testing, perforating, or perforations washing, without affecting the zone below the packer. It also prevents debris from settling to the lower zone. The plug is available for all QUANTUM packer sizes.

The BA plug is run in the well with the QUANTUM BA plug running and pulling tool. It is latched into the packer top threads with light (3,000- to 5,000-lbm [1,361- to 2,268-kg]) setdown weight. To retrieve the plug, the running and pulling tool is run in to tag the BA plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg]. Apply ing 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] overpull with right-hand torque releases the plug.

The built-in equalizing feature prevents hydrostatic or differential locking of the packer plug.

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations

BENEFITS ■ Enhances wellbore reliability and safety ■ Protects packer bore from shock

during perforating

FEATURES ■ Built-in equalizing feature to enhance

retrieval reliability and safety ■ Backup and right-hand

rotation-releasing mechanism

QUANTUM BA packer plug.

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0210 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM BA Packer PlugConverts the QUANTUM packer to a temporary bridge plug

QUANTUM BA Packer Plug Specifications

Packer Bore Size, in [mm] Plug Max. OD, in [mm]

2.688 [68.32] 3.500 [88.95]

3.000 [76.25] 3.750 [95.25]

3.250 [82.6] 4.750 [120.7]

4.000 [101.6] 5.250 [133.4]

4.750 [120.7] 6.000 [152.4]

6.000 [152.4] 7.120 [180.8]

102

Page 98: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Completions in which extreme tubing

movement is anticipated ■ Sand-control completions with production

packer above gravel-pack packer and lightweight packer fluid

BENEFITS ■ Enhances wellbore reliability and safety ■ Requires fewer tubing trips ■ Streamlines completion operations ■ Reduces rig time

FEATURES ■ Protected seals ■ Adjustable shear value ■ Compatible with all Schlumberger

sand-control packers ■ Compatible with the shearable-type

anchor latch locator ■ Manufactured from materials that comply

with NACE MR0175 standards

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer one-trip seal latch (OTSL) is recom mended for applications where extreme dyna mic seal movement is anticipated. It is assembled and run on the production tubing in completions where the production packer is already installed downhole.

The length of the sealbore or polished bore receptacle (PBR) is selected so that seals never leave the sealing bore. Standard PBR lengths are 10, 15, and 20 ft [3.0, 4.6, and 6.1 m], but most special lengths can be supplied. Seals are spaced out in accordance with tubing movement design criteria. During the running procedure, the OTSL attaches the seal assembly to the sealbore unit with a special running collet. After the PBR is anchored in the packer, the running collet is pulled upward, and the seal assembly is spaced out to the proper location. This activity is performed when running the production tubing. No further trips in the well are required.

The OTSL does not trap atmospheric pressure while running in the well. The complete OTSL system is made up of a snap latch, a self-aligning guide shoe, a seal assembly, a sealbore assembly, and the OTSL lift coupling.

QUANTUM one-trip seal latches are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM one-trip seal latch.

QUANTUM One-Trip Seal LatchAllows production seals to be latched into the packer and floating seals to be landed in an appropriate sealbore

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0209 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM One-Trip Seal Latch Specifications†

Size,‡ in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm] Pressure Rating,§ psi [kPa]5.000 × 2.688 [127.0 × 68.3] 3.950 [100.3] 1.950 [49.5] 8,000 [55,160]

5.500 × 3.000 [139.7 × 76.2] 4.380 [111.3] 2.350 [59.7] 7,000 [48,265]

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 5.260 [133.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,000 [62,055]

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 5.260 [133.6] 2.410 [61.2] 9,000 [62,055]

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.680 [144.3] 3.040 [77.2] 9,000 [62,055]

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6] 5.680 [144.3] 3.040 [77.2] 9,000 [62,055]

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 7.010 [178.1] 3.500 [88.9] 8,800 [60,674] † EUE 8RD threads are standard configuration. Premium threads are available on request. ‡ Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. § The PBR contains the pressure below the OTSL.

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer BA packer plug permits operations above the packer, such as pressure testing, perforating, or perforations washing, without affecting the zone below the packer. It also prevents debris from settling to the lower zone. The plug is available for all QUANTUM packer sizes.

The BA plug is run in the well with the QUANTUM BA plug running and pulling tool. It is latched into the packer top threads with light (3,000- to 5,000-lbm [1,361- to 2,268-kg]) setdown weight. To retrieve the plug, the running and pulling tool is run in to tag the BA plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg]. Apply ing 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] overpull with right-hand torque releases the plug.

The built-in equalizing feature prevents hydrostatic or differential locking of the packer plug.

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations

BENEFITS ■ Enhances wellbore reliability and safety ■ Protects packer bore from shock

during perforating

FEATURES ■ Built-in equalizing feature to enhance

retrieval reliability and safety ■ Backup and right-hand

rotation-releasing mechanism

QUANTUM BA packer plug.

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0210 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM BA Packer PlugConverts the QUANTUM packer to a temporary bridge plug

QUANTUM BA Packer Plug Specifications

Packer Bore Size, in [mm] Plug Max. OD, in [mm]

2.688 [68.32] 3.500 [88.95]

3.000 [76.25] 3.750 [95.25]

3.250 [82.6] 4.750 [120.7]

4.000 [101.6] 5.250 [133.4]

4.750 [120.7] 6.000 [152.4]

6.000 [152.4] 7.120 [180.8]

103

Page 99: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completions ■ Multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Available for all QUANTUM* gravel-pack

packer sizes ■ Enhanced retrievability

FEATURES ■ Circulation and washing capabilities while

retrieving the BA packer plug ■ Built-in milling shoe ■ Ability to rotate to release

the BA plug from the packer, if required

The QUANTUM BA packer plug-pulling tool features actuating fingers in the tool to operate the equalizing feature of the BA packer plug during both setting and retrieval.

Available for all QUANTUM packer sizes, the tool features circulation and washing capabilities while it is retrieving BA packer plug and a built-in milling shoe to enhance retrieval reliability and safety. It can be rotated to release the BA packer plug, if required.

The QUANTUM BA plug pulling tool releases and retrieves the plug by tagging the BA plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg]. Overpull of 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] with right-hand torque can release the plug from the packer.

QUANTUM BA Packer Plug-Pulling ToolRetrieves the QUANTUM BA packer plug when used in the QUANTUM line of sealbore packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0211 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM BA packer plug-pulling tool.

APPLICATIONS ■ Multiple-zone completions ■ Standard and ultrahigh-density perforating

and frac-pack completions

BENEFITS ■ Streamlines multiple-zone

completion operations ■ Protects the packer bore from shock

during perforating ■ Enhances retrieval reliability and safety ■ Enhances wellbore productivity by

minimizing potentially damaging fluid loss to the formation

FEATURES ■ Operational versatility ■ Built-in equalizing feature ■ Right-hand rotation backup

releasing mechanism

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer short-catch packer plug with mandrel saver permits the performance of operations above the packer, such as pressure testing, perforating, or washing perforations, without affecting the zone below the packer. It also prevents debris from settling to the lower zone. It is designed for use in severe applications such as ultrahigh-density perforating and frac pack operations.

The plug protects the packer sealbore and accommodates shorter zone spacing with its short-catch fishing neck. It also has a built-in equalizing feature to enhance retrieval reliability and safety.

The short-catch plug is run in the wellbore and latched into the packer top threads with light (3,000- to 5,000-lbm [1,361- to 2,268-kg]) set-down weight. To retrieve the plug, a short-catch packer plug retrieving tool is run in to tag the plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg] setdown. Applying 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] overpull releases the plug. If required, the plug features a right-hand rotation release backup mechanism.

The built-in equalizing feature prevents hydrostatic or differential locking of the packer plug.

QUANTUM Short-Catch Packer Plug with Mandrel SaverConverts the QUANTUM packer to a temporary bridge plug

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0212 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Short-Catch Packer Plug with Mandrel Saver Specifications

Packer Bore Size,† in [mm] Plug Max. OD, in [mm]

2.688 [68.32] 3.500 [88.95]

3.000 [76.25] 3.750 [95.31]

3.250 [82.6] 4.750 [120.7]

4.000 [101.6] 5.250 [133.4]

4.750 [120.7] 6.000 [152.4]

7.000 × 6.000 [180.98 × 152.4] 8.230 [209.0] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM short-catch packer plug with mandrel saver.

104

Page 100: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completions ■ Multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Available for all QUANTUM* gravel-pack

packer sizes ■ Enhanced retrievability

FEATURES ■ Circulation and washing capabilities while

retrieving the BA packer plug ■ Built-in milling shoe ■ Ability to rotate to release

the BA plug from the packer, if required

The QUANTUM BA packer plug-pulling tool features actuating fingers in the tool to operate the equalizing feature of the BA packer plug during both setting and retrieval.

Available for all QUANTUM packer sizes, the tool features circulation and washing capabilities while it is retrieving BA packer plug and a built-in milling shoe to enhance retrieval reliability and safety. It can be rotated to release the BA packer plug, if required.

The QUANTUM BA plug pulling tool releases and retrieves the plug by tagging the BA plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg]. Overpull of 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] with right-hand torque can release the plug from the packer.

QUANTUM BA Packer Plug-Pulling ToolRetrieves the QUANTUM BA packer plug when used in the QUANTUM line of sealbore packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0211 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM BA packer plug-pulling tool.

APPLICATIONS ■ Multiple-zone completions ■ Standard and ultrahigh-density perforating

and frac-pack completions

BENEFITS ■ Streamlines multiple-zone

completion operations ■ Protects the packer bore from shock

during perforating ■ Enhances retrieval reliability and safety ■ Enhances wellbore productivity by

minimizing potentially damaging fluid loss to the formation

FEATURES ■ Operational versatility ■ Built-in equalizing feature ■ Right-hand rotation backup

releasing mechanism

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer short-catch packer plug with mandrel saver permits the performance of operations above the packer, such as pressure testing, perforating, or washing perforations, without affecting the zone below the packer. It also prevents debris from settling to the lower zone. It is designed for use in severe applications such as ultrahigh-density perforating and frac pack operations.

The plug protects the packer sealbore and accommodates shorter zone spacing with its short-catch fishing neck. It also has a built-in equalizing feature to enhance retrieval reliability and safety.

The short-catch plug is run in the wellbore and latched into the packer top threads with light (3,000- to 5,000-lbm [1,361- to 2,268-kg]) set-down weight. To retrieve the plug, a short-catch packer plug retrieving tool is run in to tag the plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg] setdown. Applying 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] overpull releases the plug. If required, the plug features a right-hand rotation release backup mechanism.

The built-in equalizing feature prevents hydrostatic or differential locking of the packer plug.

QUANTUM Short-Catch Packer Plug with Mandrel SaverConverts the QUANTUM packer to a temporary bridge plug

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0212 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Short-Catch Packer Plug with Mandrel Saver Specifications

Packer Bore Size,† in [mm] Plug Max. OD, in [mm]

2.688 [68.32] 3.500 [88.95]

3.000 [76.25] 3.750 [95.31]

3.250 [82.6] 4.750 [120.7]

4.000 [101.6] 5.250 [133.4]

4.750 [120.7] 6.000 [152.4]

7.000 × 6.000 [180.98 × 152.4] 8.230 [209.0] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM short-catch packer plug with mandrel saver.

105

Page 101: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard and ultrahigh frac-pack

completions ■ Multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Enhances retrieval reliability and safety

FEATURES ■ Available for all QUANTUM* gravel-pack

packer sizes ■ Circulation and washing capabilities while

retrieving the packer plug ■ Built-in milling shoe ■ Ability to rotate to release the plug from

the packer if required

Actuating fingers in the tool operate the equalizing feature of the packer plug during retrieval.

Available for all QUANTUM sealbore packer sizes, the tool features circulation and washing capabilities while it is retrieving the short-catch packer plug and a built-in milling shoe to enhance retrieval reliability and safety. It can be rotated to release the packer plug, if required.

The QUANTUM short-catch running and pulling tool runs the plug into the well and latches the packer top threads with light (3,000- to 5,000-lbm [1,361- to 2,268-kg]) setdown weight. The running and pulling tool retrieves the plug by tagging the short-catch packer plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg] setdown, and it releases the plug by applying 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] overpull. Right-hand torque can be also be used to release the plug from the packer.

QUANTUM short-catch packer plug running

and pulling tool.

QUANTUM Short-Catch Packer Plug Running and Pulling ToolSets and retrieves the QUANTUM short-catch packer plug when used with QUANTUM sealbore packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0213 slb.com/packers

APPLICATIONS ■ Multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Protects gravel-pack assembly ■ Creates highly effective

dual-zone completions

FEATURES ■ Cover for port closure sleeve on

gravel-pack extension ■ Polished bore for selective dual

completions or long strings ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer lower-zone multiseal assembly (LZMSA) seals in the packer bore and isolates the gravel-pack ports of the lower QUANTUM packer in a multiple-zone gravel-pack well. When used in selective strings or in dual comple-tions, a portion of the bore of the multiseal assembly is polished to receive the long-string seal assembly.

The LZMSA components are individually selected to meet specific application requirements. Depending on the completion, different snap latches, locators, and guide shoes are combined with the seal assembly.

The LZMSA is run at the bottom of the upper gravel-pack packer assembly.

The LZMSA components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM lower-zone multiseal assembly.

QUANTUM Lower-Zone Multiseal AssemblyPart of a seal system designed to be used in multiple-zone wells

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0215 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Lower-Zone Multiseal Assembly Specifications

Size,‡ in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,§psi [kPa]

Lower Threads,in–TPI

5.500 × 3.000 × 2.688 [139.7 × 76.2 × 68.3] 2.985 [75.8] 2.688 [68.3] 8,000 [55,160] 2.312–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 × 2.688 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6 × 68.3] 3.210 [81.5] 2.688 [68.3] 9,000 [62,055] 2.875–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 × 3.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6 × 76.2] 3.960 [100.6] 3.000 [76.2] 9,100 [62,745] 3.625–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6 × 82.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.250 [82.6] 8,000 [55,160] 3.625–8 SA

9.625 × 4.750 × 3.250 [244.5 × 120.7 × 82.6] 4.710 [119.6] 3.250 [82.6] 8,600 [59,297] 4.094–8 UNS

9.625 × 6.000 × 4.000 [244.5 × 152.4 × 101.6] 5.960 [151.4] 4.000 [101.6] 7,800 [53,781] 5.459–8 SA

9.625 × 6.000 × 4.750 [244.5 × 152.4 × 120.7] 5.960 [151.4] 4.750 [120.7] 7,800 [53,781] 5.459–8 SA ‡ Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. § Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

106

Page 102: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard and ultrahigh frac-pack

completions ■ Multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Enhances retrieval reliability and safety

FEATURES ■ Available for all QUANTUM* gravel-pack

packer sizes ■ Circulation and washing capabilities while

retrieving the packer plug ■ Built-in milling shoe ■ Ability to rotate to release the plug from

the packer if required

Actuating fingers in the tool operate the equalizing feature of the packer plug during retrieval.

Available for all QUANTUM sealbore packer sizes, the tool features circulation and washing capabilities while it is retrieving the short-catch packer plug and a built-in milling shoe to enhance retrieval reliability and safety. It can be rotated to release the packer plug, if required.

The QUANTUM short-catch running and pulling tool runs the plug into the well and latches the packer top threads with light (3,000- to 5,000-lbm [1,361- to 2,268-kg]) setdown weight. The running and pulling tool retrieves the plug by tagging the short-catch packer plug with 5,000- to 10,000-lbm [2,268- to 4,535-kg] setdown, and it releases the plug by applying 12,000- to 15,000-lbf [5,442- to 6,803-kg] overpull. Right-hand torque can be also be used to release the plug from the packer.

QUANTUM short-catch packer plug running

and pulling tool.

QUANTUM Short-Catch Packer Plug Running and Pulling ToolSets and retrieves the QUANTUM short-catch packer plug when used with QUANTUM sealbore packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0213 slb.com/packers

APPLICATIONS ■ Multiple-zone completions

BENEFITS ■ Protects gravel-pack assembly ■ Creates highly effective

dual-zone completions

FEATURES ■ Cover for port closure sleeve on

gravel-pack extension ■ Polished bore for selective dual

completions or long strings ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer lower-zone multiseal assembly (LZMSA) seals in the packer bore and isolates the gravel-pack ports of the lower QUANTUM packer in a multiple-zone gravel-pack well. When used in selective strings or in dual comple-tions, a portion of the bore of the multiseal assembly is polished to receive the long-string seal assembly.

The LZMSA components are individually selected to meet specific application requirements. Depending on the completion, different snap latches, locators, and guide shoes are combined with the seal assembly.

The LZMSA is run at the bottom of the upper gravel-pack packer assembly.

The LZMSA components are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM lower-zone multiseal assembly.

QUANTUM Lower-Zone Multiseal AssemblyPart of a seal system designed to be used in multiple-zone wells

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0215 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Lower-Zone Multiseal Assembly Specifications

Size,‡ in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,§psi [kPa]

Lower Threads,in–TPI

5.500 × 3.000 × 2.688 [139.7 × 76.2 × 68.3] 2.985 [75.8] 2.688 [68.3] 8,000 [55,160] 2.312–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 × 2.688 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6 × 68.3] 3.210 [81.5] 2.688 [68.3] 9,000 [62,055] 2.875–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 × 3.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6 × 76.2] 3.960 [100.6] 3.000 [76.2] 9,100 [62,745] 3.625–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 4.000 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 101.6 × 82.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.250 [82.6] 8,000 [55,160] 3.625–8 SA

9.625 × 4.750 × 3.250 [244.5 × 120.7 × 82.6] 4.710 [119.6] 3.250 [82.6] 8,600 [59,297] 4.094–8 UNS

9.625 × 6.000 × 4.000 [244.5 × 152.4 × 101.6] 5.960 [151.4] 4.000 [101.6] 7,800 [53,781] 5.459–8 SA

9.625 × 6.000 × 4.750 [244.5 × 152.4 × 120.7] 5.960 [151.4] 4.750 [120.7] 7,800 [53,781] 5.459–8 SA ‡ Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. § Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

107

Page 103: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Multiple-zone completions ■ Intelligent completions

BENEFITS ■ Design provides an effective, leak-

proof seal between packers and production tubing

■ Integral polished bore provides reliable operation

■ Design provides optimal space out of seals in polished bores

FEATURES ■ Debris- and movement-tolerant seals ■ Polished bore for use in selective zones or

for long strings in dual completions ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

If the upper zone is to be a selective zone, a QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer long-string seal assembly (LSSA) (and tubing with appropriate internal profile nipples), flow couplings, blast joints, and a sliding sleeve are assembled below the upper packer. The string is spaced out, so when the seals in the upper packer are landed, the LSSA is sealed in the bore of the lower-zone multiseal assembly (LZMSA) in the lower packer.

In a dual completion, the long string is assembled with an LSSA on the bottom to seal in the LZMSA inside the lower packer. The LSSA assembly consists of a locator, usually a series of seal units, and a guide shoe. The LSSA components are individually selected to meet specific application requirements.

LSSA assemblies are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM long-string seal assembly.

QUANTUM Long-String Seal AssemblyPart of a seal system designed to be used on multiple-zone wells

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0216 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Long-String Seal Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡psi [kPa]

Lower Threads,in–TPI

5.500 × 2.688 [139.7 × 68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 9,000 [62,055] 2.312–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 2.688 [177.8, 193.7 × 68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 9,000 [62,055] 2.312–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 3.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 76.2] 2.985 [75.8] 2.340 [59.4] 7,000 [62,055] 2.488–10 UNS

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124] 2.875–8 SA

9.625 × 3.250 [244.5 × 82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124] 2.875–8 SA

9.625 × 4.000 [244.5 × 101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.030 [77.0] 9,100 [62,745] 3.625–8 SA

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.490 [88.7] 8,000 [55,160] 4.094–8 UNS † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

APPLICATIONS ■ Completion seals between packers, packer

and tubing, polished bore receptacle, and tubing

BENEFITS ■ Increased reliability with debris- and

movement-tolerant seals ■ Reliable seal between packers and

production tubing

FEATURES ■ Seal units are designed to accept either

bonded- or chevron-type seal systems ■ Special seal units for anchors and locators

optimize seal placement in polished bores

This line of production seal sets is designed to be compatible with all existing QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer equipment.

Schlumberger premium seals are made from high-performance elastomers and are selected to match the well environments to which they are exposed. In addition, premium seal sets exhibit higher mechanical properties.

Premium and standard seals units are also differentiated by their thread connections. Standard seal units have stub acme threads (O-ring seal), while premium seal units have SEAL LOCK HT connections (metal-to-metal seal).

QUANTUM Premium Seal UnitsUsed in high-pressure, high-temperature environments where tubing metal-to-metal seal connections are required

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0222 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Premium Seal Units Specifications

Size,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm] Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

2.688 [68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 10,000 [68,950]

3.000 [76.2] 2.985 [75.8] 2.340 [59.4] 10,000 [68,950]

3.250 [82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 10,000 [68,950]

4.000 [101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.030 [77.0] 10,000 [68,950]

4.750 [120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.490 [88.7] 10,000 [68,950]

6.000 [152.4] 5.960 [151.4] 4.740 [120.4] 10,000 [68,950] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM premium seal units.

108

Page 104: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Multiple-zone completions ■ Intelligent completions

BENEFITS ■ Design provides an effective, leak-

proof seal between packers and production tubing

■ Integral polished bore provides reliable operation

■ Design provides optimal space out of seals in polished bores

FEATURES ■ Debris- and movement-tolerant seals ■ Polished bore for use in selective zones or

for long strings in dual completions ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

If the upper zone is to be a selective zone, a QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer long-string seal assembly (LSSA) (and tubing with appropriate internal profile nipples), flow couplings, blast joints, and a sliding sleeve are assembled below the upper packer. The string is spaced out, so when the seals in the upper packer are landed, the LSSA is sealed in the bore of the lower-zone multiseal assembly (LZMSA) in the lower packer.

In a dual completion, the long string is assembled with an LSSA on the bottom to seal in the LZMSA inside the lower packer. The LSSA assembly consists of a locator, usually a series of seal units, and a guide shoe. The LSSA components are individually selected to meet specific application requirements.

LSSA assemblies are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM long-string seal assembly.

QUANTUM Long-String Seal AssemblyPart of a seal system designed to be used on multiple-zone wells

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0216 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Long-String Seal Assembly Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Pressure Rating,‡psi [kPa]

Lower Threads,in–TPI

5.500 × 2.688 [139.7 × 68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 9,000 [62,055] 2.312–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 2.688 [177.8, 193.7 × 68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 9,000 [62,055] 2.312–8 SA

7.000, 7.625 × 3.000 [177.8, 193.7 × 76.2] 2.985 [75.8] 2.340 [59.4] 7,000 [62,055] 2.488–10 UNS

7.000, 7.625 × 3.250 [177.8, 193.7 × 82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124] 2.875–8 SA

9.625 × 3.250 [244.5 × 82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124] 2.875–8 SA

9.625 × 4.000 [244.5 × 101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.030 [77.0] 9,100 [62,745] 3.625–8 SA

9.625 × 4.750 [244.5 × 120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.490 [88.7] 8,000 [55,160] 4.094–8 UNS † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

APPLICATIONS ■ Completion seals between packers, packer

and tubing, polished bore receptacle, and tubing

BENEFITS ■ Increased reliability with debris- and

movement-tolerant seals ■ Reliable seal between packers and

production tubing

FEATURES ■ Seal units are designed to accept either

bonded- or chevron-type seal systems ■ Special seal units for anchors and locators

optimize seal placement in polished bores

This line of production seal sets is designed to be compatible with all existing QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer equipment.

Schlumberger premium seals are made from high-performance elastomers and are selected to match the well environments to which they are exposed. In addition, premium seal sets exhibit higher mechanical properties.

Premium and standard seals units are also differentiated by their thread connections. Standard seal units have stub acme threads (O-ring seal), while premium seal units have SEAL LOCK HT connections (metal-to-metal seal).

QUANTUM Premium Seal UnitsUsed in high-pressure, high-temperature environments where tubing metal-to-metal seal connections are required

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0222 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Premium Seal Units Specifications

Size,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm] Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

2.688 [68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 10,000 [68,950]

3.000 [76.2] 2.985 [75.8] 2.340 [59.4] 10,000 [68,950]

3.250 [82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 10,000 [68,950]

4.000 [101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.030 [77.0] 10,000 [68,950]

4.750 [120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.490 [88.7] 10,000 [68,950]

6.000 [152.4] 5.960 [151.4] 4.740 [120.4] 10,000 [68,950] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM premium seal units.

109

Page 105: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations

BENEFITS ■ Increases reliability for guiding seal

assembly into sealbore ■ Adapts to all Schlumberger

seal assemblies ■ Easily passes through packer bores or

PBRs to streamline completion operations ■ Serves as a wireline re-entry guide

FEATURES ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

Guide shoes are also designed to assist as a wireline re-entry guide as tools are run in and out of the assembly. Guide shoes should be used in any application where it is necessary to sting an assembly in or through another assembly. Guide shoes should not be used on applications were tubing rotation is difficult or prohibited.

QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer guide shoes are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM Guide Shoe.

QUANTUM Guide ShoeUsed to ensure proper seal assembly entry into a production packer or polished bore receptacle (PBR)

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0223 slb.com/packers

Quantum Guide Shoe Specifications

Size,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm]

2.688 [68.3] 2.670 [67.8] 1.930 [49.0]

3.000 [76.2] 2.960 [75.2] 2.000 [50.8]

3.250 [82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.370 [60.2]

4.000 [101.6] 3.230 [82.0] 3.030 [77.0]

4.750 [120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.200 [81.3]

6.000 [152.4] 5.970 [151.6] 4.740 [120.4] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations ■ Intelligent completions ■ Highly deviated or horizontal applications

BENEFITS ■ Increases reliability for guiding seal

assembly into sealbore

FEATURES ■ Adapts to all Schlumberger seal

assemblies ■ Easily passes through packer bores or

PBRs to streamline completion operations ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer self-aligning guide shoes require no rotation, so they are especially effective in highly deviated or horizontal applications and smart wells where tubing rotation is to be avoided. The guide shoes can also be used in any applica-tion where it is necessary to sting one assembly in, or through, another assembly.

QUANTUM* packer guide shoes are manufactured from materi-als that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM Self-Aligning Guide ShoeUsed to ensure proper seal assembly entry into a production packer or a polished bore receptacle (PBR)

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0224 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Self-Aligning Guide Shoe Specifications

Size,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm]

2.688 [68.3] 2.650 [67.3] 1.910 [48.5]

3.000 [76.2] 2.950 [74.9] 2.100 [53.3]

3.250 [82.6] 3.200 [81.3] 2.370 [60.2]

4.000 [101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.010 [76.5]

4.750 [120.7] 4.740 [120.4] 3.270 [83.1]

6.000 [152.4] 5.950 [151.1] 4.890 [124.2] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM self-aligning guide shoe.

110

Page 106: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations

BENEFITS ■ Increases reliability for guiding seal

assembly into sealbore ■ Adapts to all Schlumberger

seal assemblies ■ Easily passes through packer bores or

PBRs to streamline completion operations ■ Serves as a wireline re-entry guide

FEATURES ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

Guide shoes are also designed to assist as a wireline re-entry guide as tools are run in and out of the assembly. Guide shoes should be used in any application where it is necessary to sting an assembly in or through another assembly. Guide shoes should not be used on applications were tubing rotation is difficult or prohibited.

QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer guide shoes are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM Guide Shoe.

QUANTUM Guide ShoeUsed to ensure proper seal assembly entry into a production packer or polished bore receptacle (PBR)

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0223 slb.com/packers

Quantum Guide Shoe Specifications

Size,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm]

2.688 [68.3] 2.670 [67.8] 1.930 [49.0]

3.000 [76.2] 2.960 [75.2] 2.000 [50.8]

3.250 [82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.370 [60.2]

4.000 [101.6] 3.230 [82.0] 3.030 [77.0]

4.750 [120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.200 [81.3]

6.000 [152.4] 5.970 [151.6] 4.740 [120.4] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations ■ Intelligent completions ■ Highly deviated or horizontal applications

BENEFITS ■ Increases reliability for guiding seal

assembly into sealbore

FEATURES ■ Adapts to all Schlumberger seal

assemblies ■ Easily passes through packer bores or

PBRs to streamline completion operations ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer self-aligning guide shoes require no rotation, so they are especially effective in highly deviated or horizontal applications and smart wells where tubing rotation is to be avoided. The guide shoes can also be used in any applica-tion where it is necessary to sting one assembly in, or through, another assembly.

QUANTUM* packer guide shoes are manufactured from materi-als that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM Self-Aligning Guide ShoeUsed to ensure proper seal assembly entry into a production packer or a polished bore receptacle (PBR)

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0224 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Self-Aligning Guide Shoe Specifications

Size,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm]

2.688 [68.3] 2.650 [67.3] 1.910 [48.5]

3.000 [76.2] 2.950 [74.9] 2.100 [53.3]

3.250 [82.6] 3.200 [81.3] 2.370 [60.2]

4.000 [101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.010 [76.5]

4.750 [120.7] 4.740 [120.4] 3.270 [83.1]

6.000 [152.4] 5.950 [151.1] 4.890 [124.2] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM self-aligning guide shoe.

111

Page 107: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Completions where tubing movement

is expected

BENEFITS ■ Installs quickly and easily ■ Provides low-cost solution ■ Facilitates tubing replacement

FEATURES ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

The sealbore extension provides sufficient sealbore length so that long seal assemblies may be used to accommodate tubing movement while always remaining in the sealbore. Multiple sealbore extensions can be coupled together using a concentric coupling to obtain more sealbore length. Sealbore extensions are available for all sizes of QUANTUM* gravel-pack packers.

Sealbore extensions are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM Sealbore ExtensionUsed in completions where a sealbore packer is used as a production packer and tubing movement is expected

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0226 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Sealbore Extension Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID,in [mm]

Length, ft [m]

Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

2.688 [68.3] 3.940 [100.0] 2.688 [68.3] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

3.000 [76.2] 4.370 [111.0] 3.000 [76.2] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

3.250 [82.6] 5.000 [127.0] 3.250 [82.6] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

4.000 [101.6] 5.000 [127.0] 4.000 [101.6] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

4.750 [120.7] 5.750 [146.0] 4.750 [120.7] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

6.000 [152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 6.000 [152.4] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM sealbore extension.

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations

BENEFITS ■ Retrieves the packer and assembly in one

trip without rotation ■ Enhances wellbore safety and reliability

FEATURES ■ Built-in mechanical jar to assist packer

retrieval ■ Right-hand rotation-release

backup mechanism

The rugged QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer retrieving tool includes a built-in mech anical jar to assist in packer retrieval. If the packer fails to release, the jar is actuated at 35,000- to 40,000-lbf [15,873- to 18,141-kg] overpull.

The tool features a right-hand rotation-release backup mechanism and is available for all QUANTUM packer sizes.

QUANTUM Retrieving ToolRetrieves the QUANTUM packer and assembly in one trip without rotation

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0237 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Retrieving Tool Specifications

Bore Size,† in [mm] Overpull Operating Limit, lbf [kg]

2.688 [68.3] 79,000 [35,827]

3.000 [76.2] 95,000 [43,084]

4.000 and 4.750 [101.6 and 120.7]) 190,000 [86,168]

6.000 [152.4] 250,000 [113,379] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM retrieving tool.

112

Page 108: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Completions where tubing movement

is expected

BENEFITS ■ Installs quickly and easily ■ Provides low-cost solution ■ Facilitates tubing replacement

FEATURES ■ NACE MR0175-compliant materials

The sealbore extension provides sufficient sealbore length so that long seal assemblies may be used to accommodate tubing movement while always remaining in the sealbore. Multiple sealbore extensions can be coupled together using a concentric coupling to obtain more sealbore length. Sealbore extensions are available for all sizes of QUANTUM* gravel-pack packers.

Sealbore extensions are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM Sealbore ExtensionUsed in completions where a sealbore packer is used as a production packer and tubing movement is expected

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0226 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Sealbore Extension Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID,in [mm]

Length, ft [m]

Pressure Rating, psi [kPa]

2.688 [68.3] 3.940 [100.0] 2.688 [68.3] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

3.000 [76.2] 4.370 [111.0] 3.000 [76.2] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

3.250 [82.6] 5.000 [127.0] 3.250 [82.6] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

4.000 [101.6] 5.000 [127.0] 4.000 [101.6] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

4.750 [120.7] 5.750 [146.0] 4.750 [120.7] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370]

6.000 [152.4] 7.000 [177.8] 6.000 [152.4] 10.0 [3.05] 6,000 [41,370] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM sealbore extension.

APPLICATIONS ■ Standard completion operations

BENEFITS ■ Retrieves the packer and assembly in one

trip without rotation ■ Enhances wellbore safety and reliability

FEATURES ■ Built-in mechanical jar to assist packer

retrieval ■ Right-hand rotation-release

backup mechanism

The rugged QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer retrieving tool includes a built-in mech anical jar to assist in packer retrieval. If the packer fails to release, the jar is actuated at 35,000- to 40,000-lbf [15,873- to 18,141-kg] overpull.

The tool features a right-hand rotation-release backup mechanism and is available for all QUANTUM packer sizes.

QUANTUM Retrieving ToolRetrieves the QUANTUM packer and assembly in one trip without rotation

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0237 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Retrieving Tool Specifications

Bore Size,† in [mm] Overpull Operating Limit, lbf [kg]

2.688 [68.3] 79,000 [35,827]

3.000 [76.2] 95,000 [43,084]

4.000 and 4.750 [101.6 and 120.7]) 190,000 [86,168]

6.000 [152.4] 250,000 [113,379] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

QUANTUM retrieving tool.

113

Page 109: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Sealbore production packers ■ Isolation/spacer packers ■ Sump packer hydraulic setting

BENEFITS ■ Increases simplicity, safety, and reliability

of completion and workover activities ■ Reduces rig time when running packers

FEATURES ■ Full compatibility with pressure-

operated isolation tool and non-pressure sensitive modules streamlines completion operations.

■ Protects completion equipment from packer-setting pressure surges

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer type II setting tool’s design allows the workstring to fill while running in the well and protects equipment below the packer from pressure surges. The type II setting tool has the flexibility to fully test the set packer and to drain the workstring during retrieval.

This setting tool allows QUANTUM sealbore packers to be used in applications other than sand control. These applications include use as production, spacer, isolation, or sump packers. The type II setting tool is compatible with hydraulic pressure-sensitive completion accessories, such as firing heads or flapper valves, and is suitable for use in situations where a closed system exists below the packer. It is available for bore sizes of 3.250, 4.000, 4.750, and 6.000 in [82.5, 101.6, 120.6, and 152.4 mm].

QUANTUM Packer Type II Setting ToolSets QUANTUM series retrievable and permanent packers in common completion applications

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0234 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM packer type II setting tool.

APPLICATIONS ■ Sealbore production packer ■ Isolation/spacer packer ■ Horizontal stand-alone screen completions ■ Sump packer hydraulic setting

BENEFITS ■ Increases simplicity, safety, and reliability

of completion and workover activities ■ Reduces rig time when running packers

FEATURES ■ No setting ball necessary in

a closed system ■ Fully compatible with the pressure-

operated isolation tool and non-pressure sensitive modules for streamlined completion operations

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer type III setting tool’s design allows the workstring to fill while running in the well. It also has the flexibility to fully test the set packer and to drain the workstring during retrieval.

The setting tool allows QUANTUM sealbore packers to be used in applications other than sand control. These applications include use as production, spacer, isolation, or sump packers. The type III setting tool is suitable for use with closed systems below the packer without becoming hydraulically locked. It is available for bore sizes of 2.688, 3.000, 3.250, 4.000, 4.750, and 6.000 in [68.3, 76.2, 82.6, 101.6, 120.7, and 152.4 mm].

QUANTUM Packer Type III Setting ToolSets QUANTUM series retrievable and permanent sealbore packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0235 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM packer type III setting tool.

114

Page 110: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Sealbore production packers ■ Isolation/spacer packers ■ Sump packer hydraulic setting

BENEFITS ■ Increases simplicity, safety, and reliability

of completion and workover activities ■ Reduces rig time when running packers

FEATURES ■ Full compatibility with pressure-

operated isolation tool and non-pressure sensitive modules streamlines completion operations.

■ Protects completion equipment from packer-setting pressure surges

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer type II setting tool’s design allows the workstring to fill while running in the well and protects equipment below the packer from pressure surges. The type II setting tool has the flexibility to fully test the set packer and to drain the workstring during retrieval.

This setting tool allows QUANTUM sealbore packers to be used in applications other than sand control. These applications include use as production, spacer, isolation, or sump packers. The type II setting tool is compatible with hydraulic pressure-sensitive completion accessories, such as firing heads or flapper valves, and is suitable for use in situations where a closed system exists below the packer. It is available for bore sizes of 3.250, 4.000, 4.750, and 6.000 in [82.5, 101.6, 120.6, and 152.4 mm].

QUANTUM Packer Type II Setting ToolSets QUANTUM series retrievable and permanent packers in common completion applications

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0234 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM packer type II setting tool.

APPLICATIONS ■ Sealbore production packer ■ Isolation/spacer packer ■ Horizontal stand-alone screen completions ■ Sump packer hydraulic setting

BENEFITS ■ Increases simplicity, safety, and reliability

of completion and workover activities ■ Reduces rig time when running packers

FEATURES ■ No setting ball necessary in

a closed system ■ Fully compatible with the pressure-

operated isolation tool and non-pressure sensitive modules for streamlined completion operations

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer type III setting tool’s design allows the workstring to fill while running in the well. It also has the flexibility to fully test the set packer and to drain the workstring during retrieval.

The setting tool allows QUANTUM sealbore packers to be used in applications other than sand control. These applications include use as production, spacer, isolation, or sump packers. The type III setting tool is suitable for use with closed systems below the packer without becoming hydraulically locked. It is available for bore sizes of 2.688, 3.000, 3.250, 4.000, 4.750, and 6.000 in [68.3, 76.2, 82.6, 101.6, 120.7, and 152.4 mm].

QUANTUM Packer Type III Setting ToolSets QUANTUM series retrievable and permanent sealbore packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0235 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM packer type III setting tool.

115

Page 111: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Releasing QUANTUM* gravel-pack packers

ADVANTAGES ■ Runs on slickline or coiled tubing ■ Uses standard sliding sleeve locator keys ■ Features emergency shear release

The QUANTUM releasing tool is used to shift a sleeve in the QMP series, XMP, and XHP packers to allow simple, straight pickup release of the packer. It is deployed by slickline or coiled tubing.

OperationThe releasing tool is lowered into the wellbore using standard slickline or coiled tubing procedures. When the releasing tool reaches the selective nipple profile in the bottom of the packer, downward jarring is applied to expose and engage the retrieving collet. Upward jarring pulls the retrieving collet into the support sleeve and moves the support collet upward to release the packer. When the packer is released, upward jarring disengages the releasing tool and allows it to be removed from the wellbore.

When the releasing tool has been removed from the well, the packer can be retrieved with straight upward pull on the tubing.

QUANTUM Releasing ToolAllows simple, straight pickup release of the packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0238 slb.com/packers

A A

Section A-A

QUANTUM releasing tool.

APPLICATIONS ■ Sand control completions ■ Production completions ■ Stacked single-packer completions ■ Dual or stacked dual completions ■ ESP completions

BENEFITS ■ Simple design facilitates efficient

workover operations ■ Fishing neck has sufficient length

for overshot

FEATURES ■ Field-adjustable shear values ■ Rotationally locked ■ Sizes range from 5-in to 103⁄4-in casing

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer long-stroke safety shear sub consists of an overshot connected to a slick joint with shear pins. In the event the completion assembly must be retrieved and the packer or seal assembly does not release, the safety shear sub provides a weak point in the tubing string. By parting at the shear pins, the completion assembly above the shear joint can be retrieved and a workstring with drilling jars can be used to release and retrieve the packer or seal assembly.

The sub is normally placed several joints above the packer or between stacked packers in a multizone installation. This allows independent removal of the packer assemblies. Once pulled apart, a slick sub with a known internal and external diameter extends upward for a tubing spear or overshot connection. The length of the slick sub is sufficient to allow overshot engagement.

The QUANTUM safety shear sub is rotationally locked, and the shear-out force can be varied up to 90,000 lbf [40,815 kg] using standard brass screws. It easily converts to a connector sub for horizontal makeup by replacing the brass shear screws with hardened-steel screws.

The QUANTUM long-stroke safety shear sub is manufactured from standard AISI 4140 low-alloy steel or premium materials for severe service environments.

QUANTUM Long-Stroke Safety Shear SubUsed in sand-control, production, and ESP completions

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0229 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Long-Stroke Safety Shear Sub Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm] Burst,‡ psi [kPa] Collapse,‡ psi [kPa]

5.000 [127.0] 3.660 [93.0] 1.960 [49.8] 13,700 [94,462] 14,000 [96,530]

5.000 [127.0] 3.660 [93.0] 2.370 [60.2] 10,000 [68,950] 11,300 [77,914]

5.500 [139.7] 4.180 [106.2] 1.990 [50.5] 13,700 [94,462] 14,000 [96,530]

5.500 [139.7] 4.180 [106.2] 2.410 [61.2] 10,000 [68,950] 11,300 [77,914]

6.625, 7.000, and 7.625 [168.3, 177.8, and 193.7] 5.000 [127.0] 3.500 [88.9] 11,000 [75,845] 11,500 [79,293]

7.000 and 7.625 [177.8 and 193.7] 5.370 [136.4] 4.000 [101.6] 11,000 [75,845] 11,500 [79,293]

9.625 and 10.750 [244.3 and 273.1]

7.390 [187.7] 5.000 [127.0] 9,400 [64,813] 10,000 [68,950]

8.000 [203.2] 6.250 [158.8] 6,500 [44,616] 7,500 [51,713] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Pressure rating varies with thread type and end connection. Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material at 250 degF [121degC] with a 20% safety factor. QUANTUM safety

shear sub.

116

Page 112: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Releasing QUANTUM* gravel-pack packers

ADVANTAGES ■ Runs on slickline or coiled tubing ■ Uses standard sliding sleeve locator keys ■ Features emergency shear release

The QUANTUM releasing tool is used to shift a sleeve in the QMP series, XMP, and XHP packers to allow simple, straight pickup release of the packer. It is deployed by slickline or coiled tubing.

OperationThe releasing tool is lowered into the wellbore using standard slickline or coiled tubing procedures. When the releasing tool reaches the selective nipple profile in the bottom of the packer, downward jarring is applied to expose and engage the retrieving collet. Upward jarring pulls the retrieving collet into the support sleeve and moves the support collet upward to release the packer. When the packer is released, upward jarring disengages the releasing tool and allows it to be removed from the wellbore.

When the releasing tool has been removed from the well, the packer can be retrieved with straight upward pull on the tubing.

QUANTUM Releasing ToolAllows simple, straight pickup release of the packer

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0238 slb.com/packers

A A

Section A-A

QUANTUM releasing tool.

APPLICATIONS ■ Sand control completions ■ Production completions ■ Stacked single-packer completions ■ Dual or stacked dual completions ■ ESP completions

BENEFITS ■ Simple design facilitates efficient

workover operations ■ Fishing neck has sufficient length

for overshot

FEATURES ■ Field-adjustable shear values ■ Rotationally locked ■ Sizes range from 5-in to 103⁄4-in casing

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer long-stroke safety shear sub consists of an overshot connected to a slick joint with shear pins. In the event the completion assembly must be retrieved and the packer or seal assembly does not release, the safety shear sub provides a weak point in the tubing string. By parting at the shear pins, the completion assembly above the shear joint can be retrieved and a workstring with drilling jars can be used to release and retrieve the packer or seal assembly.

The sub is normally placed several joints above the packer or between stacked packers in a multizone installation. This allows independent removal of the packer assemblies. Once pulled apart, a slick sub with a known internal and external diameter extends upward for a tubing spear or overshot connection. The length of the slick sub is sufficient to allow overshot engagement.

The QUANTUM safety shear sub is rotationally locked, and the shear-out force can be varied up to 90,000 lbf [40,815 kg] using standard brass screws. It easily converts to a connector sub for horizontal makeup by replacing the brass shear screws with hardened-steel screws.

The QUANTUM long-stroke safety shear sub is manufactured from standard AISI 4140 low-alloy steel or premium materials for severe service environments.

QUANTUM Long-Stroke Safety Shear SubUsed in sand-control, production, and ESP completions

*Mark of SchlumbergerCopyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0229 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM Long-Stroke Safety Shear Sub Specifications

Casing Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm] Burst,‡ psi [kPa] Collapse,‡ psi [kPa]

5.000 [127.0] 3.660 [93.0] 1.960 [49.8] 13,700 [94,462] 14,000 [96,530]

5.000 [127.0] 3.660 [93.0] 2.370 [60.2] 10,000 [68,950] 11,300 [77,914]

5.500 [139.7] 4.180 [106.2] 1.990 [50.5] 13,700 [94,462] 14,000 [96,530]

5.500 [139.7] 4.180 [106.2] 2.410 [61.2] 10,000 [68,950] 11,300 [77,914]

6.625, 7.000, and 7.625 [168.3, 177.8, and 193.7] 5.000 [127.0] 3.500 [88.9] 11,000 [75,845] 11,500 [79,293]

7.000 and 7.625 [177.8 and 193.7] 5.370 [136.4] 4.000 [101.6] 11,000 [75,845] 11,500 [79,293]

9.625 and 10.750 [244.3 and 273.1]

7.390 [187.7] 5.000 [127.0] 9,400 [64,813] 10,000 [68,950]

8.000 [203.2] 6.250 [158.8] 6,500 [44,616] 7,500 [51,713] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative. ‡ Pressure rating varies with thread type and end connection. Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material at 250 degF [121degC] with a 20% safety factor. QUANTUM safety

shear sub.

117

Page 113: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Cased hole ■ Deviations to 65° ■ Wireline-set packers

BENEFITS ■ Substantial rig time savings over

hydraulically setting packer ■ Long field life

FEATURES ■ Mates to size 10 or 20 Model E-4 wireline

pressure setting assembly ■ Mates to Schlumberger CPST wireline

pressure-setting tool ■ Mates to hydraulic-setting tool ■ Rugged design

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer wireline adapter kit enables both the QUANTUM series retrievable sealbore packers and the QL series permanent packers to be set by wireline on a Schlumberger CPST pressure setting tool or Baker Type E-4 pressure setting tool, or to be mated to the Schlumberger Model E hydraulic setting tool. In its most common use with a wireline setting tool, the system allows for a substantial reduction in rig time over setting on tubing with a hydraulic setting tool.

This kit can be run with a fast- or slow-burning power charge and a 35,000-lbf or 55,000-lbf [15,873-kg or 24,943-kg] Baker-type shear stud or a Schlumberger CPST setting tool which has a maximum shear force of 83,000 lbf [37,642 kg]. The system is adaptable to many packer config urations.

QUANTUM Wireline Adapter KitEnables QUANTUM series retrievable sealbore packers and QL series permanent packers to be set by wireline

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0232 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM wireline adapter kit.

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2015 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 15-CO-0080

QUANTUM Standard Seal Units SpecificationsSize,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm] Pressure

Rating,‡ psi [kPa]

2.688 [68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 9,000 [62,055]

3.000 [76.2] 2.985 [75.8] 2.340 [59.4] 10,000 [68,950]

3.250 [82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124]

4.000 [101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.030 [77.0] 9,100 [62,745]

4.750 [120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.490 [88.7] 8,600 [59,297]

6.000 [152.4] 5.960 [151.4] 4.740 [120.4] 7,800 [53,781]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

APPLICATION ■ Completion seals between packer

and tubing

BENEFITS ■ Increased reliability ■ Improved sealing between packers

and tubing

FEATURES ■ Seals are debris- and movement-tolerant ■ Bonded seals can be unloaded under

differential pressure ■ Seal units used with anchors and locators

optimize seal placement in polished bores ■ Materials comply with NACE

MR0175 standards ■ Higher-performance seals are available for

H2S service

As part of the assembly for QUANTUM* gravel-pack packers, QUANTUM standard seal units consist of an anchor latch, snap latch or no-go locator, seal units, and a guide shoe. They provide an efficient leak-proof seal between the packer and the produc-tion tubing. Standard seal units contain two bonded seals and a seal spacer.

Seal typesThe bonded seal is tolerant to damage from debris, tubing movement, and unloading of seals under pressure. Standard seal material is nitrile, which is recommended for non-H2S environments. For H2S environments, Viton® seals can be specified. Aflas® and chevron-type sealing systems are also available.

Available seal unitsThese seal units are available for the QUANTUM packer long-string seal assembly, lower-zone multiseal assembly, and the standard production seal assembly. Special seal units are provided with locators and anchors to ensure proper seal placement in the polished bore of the QUANTUM packer.

Seal materialsSeal units are made from alloy steel, are heat treated for H2S service, and are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM standard seal units.

QUANTUM Standard Seal UnitsUsed as part of a QUANTUM seal assembly

slb.com/packers

118

Page 114: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Cased hole ■ Deviations to 65° ■ Wireline-set packers

BENEFITS ■ Substantial rig time savings over

hydraulically setting packer ■ Long field life

FEATURES ■ Mates to size 10 or 20 Model E-4 wireline

pressure setting assembly ■ Mates to Schlumberger CPST wireline

pressure-setting tool ■ Mates to hydraulic-setting tool ■ Rugged design

The QUANTUM* gravel-pack packer wireline adapter kit enables both the QUANTUM series retrievable sealbore packers and the QL series permanent packers to be set by wireline on a Schlumberger CPST pressure setting tool or Baker Type E-4 pressure setting tool, or to be mated to the Schlumberger Model E hydraulic setting tool. In its most common use with a wireline setting tool, the system allows for a substantial reduction in rig time over setting on tubing with a hydraulic setting tool.

This kit can be run with a fast- or slow-burning power charge and a 35,000-lbf or 55,000-lbf [15,873-kg or 24,943-kg] Baker-type shear stud or a Schlumberger CPST setting tool which has a maximum shear force of 83,000 lbf [37,642 kg]. The system is adaptable to many packer config urations.

QUANTUM Wireline Adapter KitEnables QUANTUM series retrievable sealbore packers and QL series permanent packers to be set by wireline

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0232 slb.com/packers

QUANTUM wireline adapter kit.

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2015 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 15-CO-0080

QUANTUM Standard Seal Units SpecificationsSize,† in [mm] OD, in [mm] ID, in [mm] Pressure

Rating,‡ psi [kPa]

2.688 [68.3] 2.676 [68.0] 1.955 [49.7] 9,000 [62,055]

3.000 [76.2] 2.985 [75.8] 2.340 [59.4] 10,000 [68,950]

3.250 [82.6] 3.210 [81.5] 2.375 [60.3] 9,300 [64,124]

4.000 [101.6] 3.960 [100.6] 3.030 [77.0] 9,100 [62,745]

4.750 [120.7] 4.710 [119.6] 3.490 [88.7] 8,600 [59,297]

6.000 [152.4] 5.960 [151.4] 4.740 [120.4] 7,800 [53,781]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.‡ Values shown are for 80,000-psi [551,600-kPa] material derated for 250 degF [121 degC] with a 20% safety factor.

APPLICATION ■ Completion seals between packer

and tubing

BENEFITS ■ Increased reliability ■ Improved sealing between packers

and tubing

FEATURES ■ Seals are debris- and movement-tolerant ■ Bonded seals can be unloaded under

differential pressure ■ Seal units used with anchors and locators

optimize seal placement in polished bores ■ Materials comply with NACE

MR0175 standards ■ Higher-performance seals are available for

H2S service

As part of the assembly for QUANTUM* gravel-pack packers, QUANTUM standard seal units consist of an anchor latch, snap latch or no-go locator, seal units, and a guide shoe. They provide an efficient leak-proof seal between the packer and the produc-tion tubing. Standard seal units contain two bonded seals and a seal spacer.

Seal typesThe bonded seal is tolerant to damage from debris, tubing movement, and unloading of seals under pressure. Standard seal material is nitrile, which is recommended for non-H2S environments. For H2S environments, Viton® seals can be specified. Aflas® and chevron-type sealing systems are also available.

Available seal unitsThese seal units are available for the QUANTUM packer long-string seal assembly, lower-zone multiseal assembly, and the standard production seal assembly. Special seal units are provided with locators and anchors to ensure proper seal placement in the polished bore of the QUANTUM packer.

Seal materialsSeal units are made from alloy steel, are heat treated for H2S service, and are manufactured from materials that comply with NACE MR0175 standards for sulfide stress cracking-resistant metallic materials.

QUANTUM standard seal units.

QUANTUM Standard Seal UnitsUsed as part of a QUANTUM seal assembly

slb.com/packers

119

Page 115: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production wells ■ Injection wells ■ Sand-control completions

BENEFITS ■ Suited for most environments ■ Seal types suited for static or

dynamic applications

FEATURES ■ Wide range of materials ■ Bonded and chevron-type seal systems

Our many readily available combinations of seal types and materials allow us to quickly fulfill requirements for most downhole environments with reliable, field-proven systems. These high-quality sealing systems provide an efficient leak-proof seal between the packer and the production tubing.

Our standard systems consist of bonded-type seals featuring a nitrile seal element. Our bonded seals for harsh environments are available with Viton® and Aflas® seal elements, which are standard on our premium seal units. Bonded seals are tolerant to damage from debris, tubing movement, and unloading of the seals under pressure.

Chevron-type seal systems are available with Viton®, Teflon®, Ryton®, and Aflas® seal elements. These sealing system configurations are generally used on our premium seal units.

Schlumberger sealing systems are available for temperature ranges from 75 degF to 350 degF [24 degC to 177 degC]. Pressure ratings to 10,000 psi [68,950 kPa] are available.

Sealing SystemsWide variety of elastomeric, plastic, and metallic material choices

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0217 slb.com/packers

Bonded-type seal. Chevron-type seal.

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Availability for elastomeric or

nonelastomeric seals ■ Collet lock on closing sleeve ■ Ability to be opened and closed

repeatedly ■ Selective open/close through use of

various profile sizes

The sliding sleeve is a tubing-run, mechanically shifted sleeve used in production tubing to establish communication between the tubing and the casing. The sleeve facilitates production of several zones through one tubing string and allows zone-specific tasks to be performed, including testing and stimulation. The sliding sleeve opens and closes using conventional wireline shifting equipment.

Hydro-trip pressure subThe Hydro-trip pressure sub provides a means to set hydraulically actuated tools by applying the tubing pressure required for activation. Setting is achieved by circulating a ball to a seat in the sub and applying sufficient pressure to activate the setting mechanism in the tool below. Further pressure is applied to the ball, shearing brass screws and sending the ball down the tubing.

Following setting, the sub provides an open bore for passage of drop balls or wireline equipment.

Wireline re-entry guide pumpout plug and ball seatThe wireline re-entry guide ensures that wireline tools can be pulled back into the tubing string once they have passed through the bottom of the string. The pumpout plug temporarily seals the bottom of the tubing string to prevent fluid from moving up the tubing while tripping in the hole. The pumpout ball seat can be used as a bridging device to set a hydraulic packer or to hydraulically test the tubing string; the ball seat allows the tubing to fill with fluid while running in the hole.

Sliding SleeveEstablishes communication between the tubing and the casing

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0195 slb.com/packers

Hydro-trip sub.

Sliding sleeve.Circulating ball seat.Plug insert.

Re-entry guide.

120

Page 116: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Production wells ■ Injection wells ■ Sand-control completions

BENEFITS ■ Suited for most environments ■ Seal types suited for static or

dynamic applications

FEATURES ■ Wide range of materials ■ Bonded and chevron-type seal systems

Our many readily available combinations of seal types and materials allow us to quickly fulfill requirements for most downhole environments with reliable, field-proven systems. These high-quality sealing systems provide an efficient leak-proof seal between the packer and the production tubing.

Our standard systems consist of bonded-type seals featuring a nitrile seal element. Our bonded seals for harsh environments are available with Viton® and Aflas® seal elements, which are standard on our premium seal units. Bonded seals are tolerant to damage from debris, tubing movement, and unloading of the seals under pressure.

Chevron-type seal systems are available with Viton®, Teflon®, Ryton®, and Aflas® seal elements. These sealing system configurations are generally used on our premium seal units.

Schlumberger sealing systems are available for temperature ranges from 75 degF to 350 degF [24 degC to 177 degC]. Pressure ratings to 10,000 psi [68,950 kPa] are available.

Sealing SystemsWide variety of elastomeric, plastic, and metallic material choices

Other company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0217 slb.com/packers

Bonded-type seal. Chevron-type seal.

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ Availability for elastomeric or

nonelastomeric seals ■ Collet lock on closing sleeve ■ Ability to be opened and closed

repeatedly ■ Selective open/close through use of

various profile sizes

The sliding sleeve is a tubing-run, mechanically shifted sleeve used in production tubing to establish communication between the tubing and the casing. The sleeve facilitates production of several zones through one tubing string and allows zone-specific tasks to be performed, including testing and stimulation. The sliding sleeve opens and closes using conventional wireline shifting equipment.

Hydro-trip pressure subThe Hydro-trip pressure sub provides a means to set hydraulically actuated tools by applying the tubing pressure required for activation. Setting is achieved by circulating a ball to a seat in the sub and applying sufficient pressure to activate the setting mechanism in the tool below. Further pressure is applied to the ball, shearing brass screws and sending the ball down the tubing.

Following setting, the sub provides an open bore for passage of drop balls or wireline equipment.

Wireline re-entry guide pumpout plug and ball seatThe wireline re-entry guide ensures that wireline tools can be pulled back into the tubing string once they have passed through the bottom of the string. The pumpout plug temporarily seals the bottom of the tubing string to prevent fluid from moving up the tubing while tripping in the hole. The pumpout ball seat can be used as a bridging device to set a hydraulic packer or to hydraulically test the tubing string; the ball seat allows the tubing to fill with fluid while running in the hole.

Sliding SleeveEstablishes communication between the tubing and the casing

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0195 slb.com/packers

Hydro-trip sub.

Sliding sleeve.Circulating ball seat.Plug insert.

Re-entry guide.

121

Page 117: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS ■ Single and dual completions

ADVANTAGES ■ Field adjustable ■ Wide variety of shear values ■ Integral high strength splines ■ Adjustable shear ■ Robust construction ■ Availability in variety of materials

and elastomers

Tubing tension safety joints are straight pickup, shear-release tools commonly used in applications where rotation of the tubing is impractical. This type of safety joint provides a means of separating the production tubing above or below a packer if necessary. This is a fully locked safety joint that allows full tubing torque to be applied through the joint without loading the shear screws.

Description The tension-type safety joint is connected with a set of shear screws, which are easily added or removed in the field to adjust the shear value to match completion requirements. The release value can be adjusted by varying the number of shear screws used. The sub will not shear when weight is set on it, and it will transmit torque through an integral spline section.

Tubing Tension Safety JointPermits torque-through capability and requires straight upward pull to release

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0230 slb.com/packers

Tubing Tension Safety Joint Specifications

Size,† in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Shear Force per Screw

Brass, lbf [kg] Steel, lbf [kg]

2.375 [60.3] 3.063 [77.8] 1.995 [50.7] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

2.875 [73.0] 3.668 [93.7] 2.441 [62.0] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

3.500 [88.9] 4.500 [114.3] 2.992 [76.0] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

4.500 [114.3] 5.563 [141.3] 3.958 [100.5] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

5.500 [139.7] 6.050 [153.7] 4.892 [124.3] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

7.000 [177.8] 7.687 [195.2] 6.366 [161.7] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

Tubing tension safety joint.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single and dual completions

BENEFITS ■ Carries high tension loads

FEATURES ■ Robust construction ■ Available in variety of materials

and elastomers

The Type A safety joint is used in installations where free rotation of the production tubing string above the safety joint can be performed safely. It provides high breakout torque and constant releasing torque. It is also used when it is anticipated that the production tubing string may be subjected to high tensile loads, eliminating the possible use of straight-pull-release safety joints.

Type A Rotation-Release Safety JointProvides tensile strength equal to the tubing and requires a right-hand rotation to release

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0231 slb.com/packers

Type A Rotation-Release Safety Joint Specifications

Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.3] 3.063 [77.8] 1.995 [50.7]

2.875 [73.0] 3.668 [93.7] 2.441 [62.0]

3.500 [88.9] 4.500 [114.3] 2.992 [76.0]

4.500 [114.3] 5.563 [141.3] 3.958 [100.5]

5.500 [139.7] 6.050 [153.7] 4.892 [124.3]

7.000 [177.8] 7.687 [195.2] 6.366 [161.7] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

Type A rotation-release safety joint.

122

Page 118: Packers Catalog

APPLICATIONS■ Single and dual completions

ADVANTAGES■ Field adjustable■ Wide variety of shear values■ Integral high strength splines■ Adjustable shear■ Robust construction■ Availability in variety of materials

and elastomers

Tubing tension safety joints are straight pickup, shear-release tools commonly used in applications where rotation of the tubing is impractical. This type of safety joint provides a means of separating the production tubing above or below a packer if necessary. This is a fully locked safety joint that allows full tubing torque to be applied through the joint without loading the shear screws.

DescriptionThe tension-type safety joint is connected with a set of shear screws, which are easily added or removed in the field to adjust the shear value to match completion requirements. The release value can be adjusted by varying the number of shear screws used. The sub will not shear when weight is set on it, and it will transmit torque through an integral spline section.

Tubing Tension Safety JointPermits torque-through capability and requires straight upward pull to release

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0230 slb.com/packers

Tubing Tension Safety Joint Specifications

Size,†in [mm]

Max. OD, in [mm]

Min. ID, in [mm]

Shear Force per Screw

Brass, lbf [kg] Steel, lbf [kg]

2.375 [60.3] 3.063 [77.8] 1.995 [50.7] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

2.875 [73.0] 3.668 [93.7] 2.441 [62.0] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

3.500 [88.9] 4.500 [114.3] 2.992 [76.0] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

4.500 [114.3] 5.563 [141.3] 3.958 [100.5] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

5.500 [139.7] 6.050 [153.7] 4.892 [124.3] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268]

7.000 [177.8] 7.687 [195.2] 6.366 [161.7] 2,000 [907] 5,000 [2,268] † Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

Tubing tension safety joint.

APPLICATIONS ■ Single and dual completions

BENEFITS ■ Carries high tension loads

FEATURES ■ Robust construction ■ Available in variety of materials

and elastomers

The Type A safety joint is used in installations where free rotation of the production tubing string above the safety joint can be performed safely. It provides high breakout torque and constant releasing torque. It is also used when it is anticipated that the production tubing string may be subjected to high tensile loads, eliminating the possible use of straight-pull-release safety joints.

Type A Rotation-Release Safety JointProvides tensile strength equal to the tubing and requires a right-hand rotation to release

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0231 slb.com/packers

Type A Rotation-Release Safety Joint Specifications

Size,† in [mm] Max. OD, in [mm] Min. ID, in [mm]

2.375 [60.3] 3.063 [77.8] 1.995 [50.7]

2.875 [73.0] 3.668 [93.7] 2.441 [62.0]

3.500 [88.9] 4.500 [114.3] 2.992 [76.0]

4.500 [114.3] 5.563 [141.3] 3.958 [100.5]

5.500 [139.7] 6.050 [153.7] 4.892 [124.3]

7.000 [177.8] 7.687 [195.2] 6.366 [161.7]† Other sizes are available on request. Contact your local Schlumberger representative.

Type A rotation-release safety joint.

123

Page 119: Packers Catalog

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ ID that matches tubing to eliminate

restrictions and fluid flow problems ■ J-lug system that allows valve to be

locked in open or closed position for operational versatility

■ Inexpensive and easy redress for cost-effective operation

The unloader valve is a fullbore circulating valve for use with downhole equipment that requires the ability to circulate fluids or unload pressure prior to subsequent operations. This valve is pressure balanced and designed to run either locked open or closed. Opening and/or closing operations are accomplished by a J-lug system.

Unloader valve.

Unloader ValveFullbore circulating valve

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0199 slb.com/packers

Unloader Valve Speci� cationsSize OD, Max., in [mm] ID, Min., in [mm] Connection43 3.875 [98.43] 2.000 [50.80] 2.375 EU45 4.750 [120.65] 2.500 [62.50] 2.875 EU47 4.750 [120.65] 2.500 [62.50] 3.5 IF51 6.125 [155.58] 3.000 [76.20] 4.5 IF

APPLICATIONS ■ Setting on electric wireline, using the

combination of a power charge and a pressure setting assembly

ADVANTAGES ■ Accurate location in the well by correlating

position with well logs ■ May be set with industry standard E-line

or hydraulic setting tools ■ Simple to install with only three

major parts ■ No special tools required ■ Able to be installed in a shorter time than

with tubular conveyed methods

The wireline adapter kit is used to connect the MDF and MDFBB permanent production packers and similar equipment to a wireline pressure setting assembly or a hydraulic setting tool. Actuation of the explosive applies pressure to the adapter sleeve, setting the packer. At a predetermined force, a tension stud parts, releasing the colletstyle running nut from the packer. The adapter kit is retrieved with the wireline and pressure setting assembly.

Wireline adapter kit.

Wireline Adapter KitConnects the MDF and MDFBB permanent production packers to a wireline assembly

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0201 slb.com/packers

124

Page 120: Packers Catalog

FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES ■ ID that matches tubing to eliminate

restrictions and fluid flow problems ■ J-lug system that allows valve to be

locked in open or closed position for operational versatility

■ Inexpensive and easy redress for cost-effective operation

The unloader valve is a fullbore circulating valve for use with downhole equipment that requires the ability to circulate fluids or unload pressure prior to subsequent operations. This valve is pressure balanced and designed to run either locked open or closed. Opening and/or closing operations are accomplished by a J-lug system.

Unloader valve.

Unloader ValveFullbore circulating valve

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0199 slb.com/packers

Unloader Valve Speci� cationsSize OD, Max., in [mm] ID, Min., in [mm] Connection43 3.875 [98.43] 2.000 [50.80] 2.375 EU45 4.750 [120.65] 2.500 [62.50] 2.875 EU47 4.750 [120.65] 2.500 [62.50] 3.5 IF51 6.125 [155.58] 3.000 [76.20] 4.5 IF

APPLICATIONS ■ Setting on electric wireline, using the

combination of a power charge and a pressure setting assembly

ADVANTAGES ■ Accurate location in the well by correlating

position with well logs ■ May be set with industry standard E-line

or hydraulic setting tools ■ Simple to install with only three

major parts ■ No special tools required ■ Able to be installed in a shorter time than

with tubular conveyed methods

The wireline adapter kit is used to connect the MDF and MDFBB permanent production packers and similar equipment to a wireline pressure setting assembly or a hydraulic setting tool. Actuation of the explosive applies pressure to the adapter sleeve, setting the packer. At a predetermined force, a tension stud parts, releasing the colletstyle running nut from the packer. The adapter kit is retrieved with the wireline and pressure setting assembly.

Wireline adapter kit.

Wireline Adapter KitConnects the MDF and MDFBB permanent production packers to a wireline assembly

Copyright © 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0201 slb.com/packers

125

Page 121: Packers Catalog

slb.com/packers

*Mark of SchlumbergerOther company, product, and service names are the properties of their respective owners.Copyright © 2015 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. 14-CO-0245

Schlumberger packers are installed in challenging, high-profile completion projects around the world. With our long track record of innovation, quality, reliability, flexibility, and product support, our packers will protect the integrity and longevity of your completions and support the overall success of your project.

Packers Catalog